0% found this document useful (0 votes)

129 views

Replacement: Hitachi Proprietary K6603315

Uploaded by

ulrik engell

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

129 views

Replacement: Hitachi Proprietary K6603315

Uploaded by

ulrik engell

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 238

DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Replacement
This “Parts Replacement” volume describes the replacement work of each part and
the periodic maintenance, etc.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 00-0000-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Contents
Chapter 1. Before Starting Maintenance Work............................................ REP 01-0000
1.1 Before Starting Maintenance Work .............................................. REP 01-0000
1.1.1 Cautionary Notes ............................................................. REP 01-0000
1.1.2 Checking Cache Memory in the Back-up State .......................... REP 01-0040
1.1.3 Procedure for Making Sure of Model Name
and Drive Firmware of Disk Drive............................ REP 01-0110

Chapter 2. Parts Replacement................................................................ REP 02-0000

2.1 Locations of Replacement Components ........................................ REP 02-0000
2.1.1 Part Locations of Rackmount Model....................................... REP 02-0020
2.2 Replacement of Components .................................................... REP 02-0030
2.2.1 Replacing Disk Drive ......................................................... REP 02-0030
2.2.2 Replacing Cache Backup Battery .......................................... REP 02-0280
2.2.3 Replacing FAN Unit .......................................................... REP 02-0350
2.2.4 Replacing Power Unit........................................................ REP 02-0390
2.2.5 Replacing Control Unit ...................................................... REP 02-0450
2.2.6 Replacing Cache Unit ........................................................ REP 02-0640
2.2.7 Replacing Interface Board .................................................. REP 02-0800
2.2.8 Replacing Host Connector .................................................. REP 02-0950
2.2.9 Replacing ENC Unit .......................................................... REP 02-1020
2.2.10 Replacing ENC Cable ....................................................... REP 02-1110
2.2.11 Replacing Basic Chassis of Rack Mount Style ........................... REP 02-1160
2.2.12 Replacing Additional Chassis of Rack Mount Style..................... REP 02-1220
2.2.13 Replacing Remote Adapter................................................ REP 02-1260
2.2.14 Replacing an Additional Battery Box .................................... REP 02-1280
2.2.15 Replacing Front Bezel...................................................... REP 02-1360

Chapter 3. Periodic Maintenance ............................................................ REP 03-0000

3.1 Periodic Maintenance Items ...................................................... REP 03-0000
3.2 Inspecting and Cleaning Rackmount Model with RK40 Rack Frame ........ REP 03-0010
3.2.1 Inspecting Fans ............................................................... REP 03-0010
3.2.2 Cleaning the Subsystem ..................................................... REP 03-0020
3.3 Replacing Periodical Replacement Parts ....................................... REP 03-0040
3.3.1 Replacing Battery ............................................................ REP 03-0040
3.3.2 Replacing the Air Filter of the Front Bezel .............................. REP 03-0050

Chapter 4. Maintenance Tools................................................................ REP 04-0000

4.1 Maintenance Tools for Hardware ................................................ REP 04-0000
4.2 Maintenance Tools for Software ................................................. REP 04-0010

Chapter 5. Recycling ........................................................................... REP 05-0000

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 00-0010-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Chapter 1. Before Starting Maintenance Work

This chapter explains procedures for replacing parts which is specified as maintenance parts
and identified as failed parts through troubleshooting, etc..
The DF800 is used in a form of rackmount model.

1.1 Before Starting Maintenance Work

Take notice of the following when performing a maintenance work for the subsystem.
Take notice of the following when performing a maintenance work for the subsystem. Read
and understand them well before performing the maintenance.

1.1.1 Cautionary Notes

(1) Note at the time of the unpacking
y Unpack it indoor.
Especially, do not unpack it in such places with the outdoor dust, the direct sunlight, and the
infiltration of rainwater.
y Work on the unpacking in the place where a rapid difference of temperature does not occur.
It may have dew condensation when it is unpacked in the place where a difference of
temperature is extreme.
(2) Perform the powering on/off work correctly.
Perform the powering on/off operation following the procedure specified for each part
replacement work. It is feared that user data is lost if the powering on/off operation is not
done following the procedure correctly.
The power supplying condition applicable to the parts replacement varies depending on the
part to be replaced. The powering on/off procedure also varies depending on the power
supplying condition.
Since the power supply to the subsystem is duplicated, when turning on/off the power, remove
the power cables from two Power Units per chassis.

CAUTION
y Do not disassemble or remodel parts for maintenance. Otherwise, a failure or a
serious accident may be caused. Be sure to replace parts in units of formally
defined maintenance part.
y When replacing the power supply, do it in haste after preparing a replacement
power supply and arranging cables, etc. so that they do not disturb the
replacement.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0000-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

CAUTION
y When doing a hot replacement of a part, do not wear metallic accessories or a
watch so as to avoid an electric shock. Be careful not to touch any of live parts
with a screwdriver, etc.

(3) Notes when Unpacking, Installing or Removing the Parts

For installing or removing the parts, do not apply any shock as the precise parts are installed.
A failure may be caused by the electric shock since the Disk Drive, Control Unit and ENC Unit is
precision instrument. Be sure to put on the wrist strap before starting work in order to
protect Disk Drive, Control Unit and ENC Unit from electrostatic discharge.

Disk Drive ENC Unit

The clip side of wrist strap:

Connect this to the metal part on the frame of subsystem
Support the part by touching its metal
part (metal plate) with your fingers
A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this before
starting maintenance.)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0010-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(4) Notes on cable routing

(a) Handling of cables placed on the installation floor
• Protect the cables, which cannot be accommodated by the subsystem and thus laid on the
floor or cross a passage, with the cable protection duct.
• For cables that relay between the subsystems, lay them on the floor and do not leave them
from the floor.
(b) Handling of under floor cables when the subsystem is installed on the free access floor.
• Give extra lengths to cables routed under the floor and do not make them float in the air.
(c) Routing method
• Give a room for routing as earthquake and the like are considered.
• Give a room for routing not to disturb the part replacement for maintenance.
• Make the AC cables apart from each other and when they should be adjacent, do not make
them in parallel but make them cross at right angle.
• When using a cable protection duct, be careful not to damage or cut cables by catching them.
(d) Hold the connector to insert or pull out a cable. If the cable part is pulled, it may cause a
failure.
(e) For connecting the FC I/F cable or the FC (ENC) cable, bend it with a long radius (not less
than 30mm) and do not give the load to the cable and the connector.
(5) Note on restarting
When restarting the subsystem, turn off the main switch (after the POWER LED lights off), and
then turn on the main switch after waiting for one minute or more.
If the array subsystem used for a remote side of TrueCopy remote replication/TrueCopy
Extended Distance restarts in the status that TrueCopy remote replication/TrueCopy Extended
Distance is enabled, the following phenomena occur.
• The paths of TrueCopy remote replication/TrueCopy Extended Distance are both blocked.
The notice of E-mail Alert Function, SNMP Agent Support Function, and TRAP occur at the
time of the path blockade.
Perform the notice and the check to the Failure Monitoring Department in advance.
The path blockade automatically recovers after restarting.
• When the status of the pair of TrueCopy remote replication/TrueCopy Extended Distance is
PAIR or COPY, the pair changes to PSUE.
If the Pair status of TrueCopy remote replication/TrueCopy Extended Distance is either PAIR or
COPY, suspend the pairs before restarting the array subsystem.

NOTE : When Power Saving of the priced option is used, if you restart the subsystem
after executing the spin-down and before completing it, the spin-down may fail
because of the recognition processing of the host immediately after the
subsystem starts.
Check that there is no RAID Group whose power saving status is “Normal
(command monitoring)” after executing the spin-down, and then restart the
subsystem. If the spin-down fails, execute the spin-down again.

(6) Note on completing the work

Close all the external covers when the work is completed.
(The cover is to maintain the performance of the subsystem (radio wave noise suppression and
others), so that be sure to keep all the external covers closed to operate the subsystem normally.)
Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.
REP 01-0020-11
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(7) Backup user data.

Backup user data in the subsystem by the operation on the host computer side.
(8) When replacing a Disk Drive, Control Unit, Cache Unit, Interface Board, Cache Backup Battery, an
ENC Unit, a FAN Unit, and an Power Unit while an array unit is powered on, replace those units 20
seconds or more after their respective failed units are removed.
(9) When replacing the Disk Drive, Control Unit, Cache Unit, Interface Board, Cache Backup
Battery, ENC Unit, FAN Unit, and Power Unit while the subsystem power is turned on, complete
the replacement within five minutes. Otherwise, a powering off (subsystem down) may occur
because of an abnormal temperature rise. Perform the part replacement in haste.
(10) When the Power Unit and another module fail at the same time, replace the Power Unit first,
duplicate the power supply again, and then replace the module. Otherwise, a powering off
(subsystem down) may occur because of an abnormal temperature rise.
(11) When inserting a component, do it completely to the end and quickly. If the insertion is made
incompletely or extremely slowly, it is possible that the recovery from the error fails.
(12) When an allowable time limit for part replacement is specified in the replacement procedure,
observe the time limit.
(13) With only the main switch power off, BS power supply is supplied. In this situation, do not
leave the components removed from the subsystem for a long time. Because of an abnormal
temperature, the power supply alarm can be given.
(14) Do not make the maintenance work when the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic
Chassis is blinking at high speed. When it is high-speed blinking, the ENC firmware is being
downloaded. Perform the maintenance work after checking that the READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis lights up after waiting for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes (or
40 to 60 minutes in case of RKH).
(15) When the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed, do
not perform the maintenance work. While this WARNING LED (orange) is blinking at high
speed, the update of the flash program or the automatic download of the ENC firmware at the
time of turning the power on in the single controller configuration is being executed. Perform
the maintenance work after checking that the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic
Chassis goes out and the READY LED (green) lights up in the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes.
(16) Please execute the maintenance work according to the instruction when an abnormal device
and another trouble message have been generated the diagnosis and after the diagnosis ends.
(17) Notes while the array subsystem is being started
Because the status where the array subsystem is being started is in the middle of the transition
to the status of the subsystem power turned on (Ready status) from the status of the subsystem
power turned off, do not replace the parts while the array subsystem is being started.
Replace the parts after the array subsystem become the Ready status.
(18) The equipment with the NEBS specifications is designed for use in an Isolated Battery return
configuration (DC-I). Connect the DC Return leads directly to the Central Office Power Return
buss. Do not connect the return leads to the chassis or ground.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0030-11
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

1.1.2 Checking Cache Memory in the Back-up State

Before turning off the power, be sure to check the state of the cache memory backup, and
perform the work in the state that the cache backup mode is canceled.

The Cache memory installed in this subsystem performs the write after control.
Therefore, it writes data on the Cache memory, which is not written in the Disk Drive, to the
Disk Drive automatically when turning off the main switch. This is called destage processing.
At the time when this processing is completed, the POWER LED (green) goes out, and the
power supply to each installation part stops. However, if the destage processing is not
completed due to the power-off by an unexpected power failure or coming off of the power
cables, the Cache memory changes to the status where it is backed up by the battery for the
data security. If it is not backed up correctly, the configuration information on the Cache
memory is lost, and the user data is broken.

• Confirming state of the Cache Unit backup

You can confirm whether the subsystem is in the cache backup state by viewing the
indication of the C-PWR LED (green) on the Control Unit.
The state of the cache backup can be confirmed in the following procedure. The location of
components referred to in the flow chart is shown in “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic
Chassis)” (REP 01-0070), and “Figure 1.1.4 Indication Name (Additional Chassis)” (REP 01-
0080).

Turn off the main switch.

Confirm that the POWER LED (green) on the front

side of the subsystem has gone out. (Confirm the
completion of the destaging process.)

Yes
Is the C-PWR LED (green) on?
No
The cache backup mode has been canceled. The subsystem is in the cache backup mode.
(Data in the Cache Unit has been stored in the Disk (Data in the Cache Unit is not stored in the Disk Drive.)
Drive.)

*1 : Remove the power cables from the Power Units, and release the backup status according to “y Procedure for
canceling the cache backup state of the Cache memory” (REP 01-0050).

Figure 1.1.1 Procedure for Confirming State of Cache Backup

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0040-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

• Procedure for canceling the cache backup state of the Cache memory
Follow the powering off procedure shown below to cancel the cache backup state of the
Cache memory. The location of components referred to in the flow chart is shown in Figure
1.1.3 and Figure 1.1.4.

START From REP 01-0060

No Yes
Remove the Power cable. Did you do it three times?

Connect the Power cable.

Turn on the main switch.

The powering off is not executed even if

Does the ALARM LED on the the power is turned off when the
Yes
front of the Basic Chassis light ALARM LED is on. (The state of the
up? cache backup mode before the turning
No off of the main switch is succeeded.)
Does the READY LED on the
No The READY LED usually lights up
front of the Basic Chassis light
up? (*1) after four minutes, (or five minutes
in case of the RKH).
Yes
Check that the start message
and the end message of the
drive firmware automatic Perform the process for the case where the
download are displayed.(*2) C-PWR LED cannot be turned off.
(Refer “•Procedure for the process to be
performed when the C-PWR LED (green)
Turn off the main switch. cannot be turned off” (REP 01-0090).)

Does the ALARM LED on the Cache backup mode

Yes
front of the Basic Chassis
light up?
No
Does the WARNING LED on Cache backup mode
Yes
the front of the Basic Chassis
light up?
No
Does the READY LED on the
Yes
front of the Basic Chassis
light up?
No

A To REP 01-0060

*1 : Wait if the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to
50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH), or the WARNING LED (orange) is blinking at high speed (for the
maximum of 30 to 85 minutes).
*2 : When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message and completion message of the drive
firmware automatic download are not displayed. To check the drive firmware automatic download, refer to
Firmware “1.6 (4) Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”.

Figure 1.1.2 Procedure for Canceling the Cache Backup Mode of the Cache Memory (1/2)

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0050-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 01-0050

Does the POWER LED on the

Yes Cache backup mode
front of the Basic Chassis light B To REP 01-0050
up?
No
Does the C-PWR LED on the
Yes Cache backup mode
front of the Basic Chassis light B To REP 01-0050
up?
No Canceling a status of the cache backup.

Remove the Power cable.

END

Figure 1.1.2 Procedure for Canceling the Cache Backup Mode of the Cache Memory (2/2)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0060-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

ALARM LED
WARNING LED
Front Bezel READY LED
POWER LED

Main switch
(a) Basic Chassis Front View (*1)
Control Unit Control Unit

C-PWR LED (green) C-PWR LED (green)

Control Unit Control Unit

Power Unit Power Unit

(b) RKM Front View (c) RKEM Front View
Control Unit Control Unit

C-PWR LED (green) C-PWR LED (green)

Control Unit Control Unit

Power Unit Power Unit

(d) RKS Front View (e) RKES Front View

Control Unit
Control Unit C-PWR LED (green)

C-PWR LED (green)

Control Unit
Control Unit

Power Unit Power Unit

(f) RKEXS Front View (g) RKH
*1 : The locations of LEDs/Switches on the front side of Basic Chassis are the same in all the models

Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0070-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Front Bezel LOCATE LED

POWER LED

Power Unit
(a) RKAK
Front Bezel

LOCATE LED POWER LED

POWER LED LOCATE LED Power Unit
(b) RKAKX

Figure 1.1.4 Indication Name (Additional Chassis)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0080-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

• Procedure for the process to be performed when the C-PWR LED (green) cannot be turned off
Items to be informed or asked the customer before starting the work
• Inform that user data in the cache memory will be lost owing to the replacement of the
Cache memory.
• Ask whether backup data exists or not.
• Ask whether it is permitted to erase user data entirely and restore it using user’s backup
data.
• Inform that data recovery and verification will be required.
Effect
User data in the Cache memory which has not been written onto the Disk Drive will be lost
owing to the replacement of the Controller.
Processing procedures
Either of the two procedures is used; a procedure using the forced parity correction(‡1) or
that in which the data is entirely erased once, and then recovered.
(1) Procedure using the forced parity correction
It takes long times at the longest from start to completion of the process to execute the
forcible parity correction.
For a standard time required for the forced parity correction, refer to Troubleshooting “<
Standard time required for the forced parity correction >” (TRBL 06-0490).

(2) Procedure not using the forced parity correction

When the forced parity correction takes a long time depending on the system
configuration, it is faster to restore data using the backup data after erasing and
resetting configuration information than to do it by executing the procedure in (1).

NOTE : When not performing Forced Parity Correction, be sure to format the LU. (Refer
to System Parameter “3.3 [Procedure e-F] Formatting LU” (SYSPR 03-0290).)
If formatting is not performed, parity consistency is lost and data inconsistency
may occur.

‡1 : A process to ensure the Disk Drive data consistency which has been lost owing to a loss of cache data. It cannot
recover the data unwritten onto the Disk Drive completely when an error occurs, therefore, verification of user
data and restoration of backup data are necessary.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0090-06
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

START

Replacing Control Unit.

Connect two power cables to the Power Units of

all subsystems.

When the WEB can be connected, connect it

and make sure that the message, “W0R000
User data lost: MANUAL/TRC” is displayed for
the “Information Message”. (Refer to WEB “2.5
Information Message”(WEB 02-0110).)
When WEB connection is not possible, make
sure that WARNING LED on Front Bezel blinks
before the device becomes ready.

Do you want to execute the forcible Yes

parity correction?
No
Make not a forced parity correction after the Make a forced parity correction after the
subsystem enters the Ready status. subsystem enters the Ready status.
(For the forced parity correction, refer to (For the forced parity correction, refer to
Troubleshooting “[Recovery method-1] Making a Troubleshooting “[Recovery method-2] A forced
forced parity correction” (TRBL 06-0160) parity correction is not made” (TRBL 06-0180)

END END
Figure 1.1.5 Procedure for the Process to be Performed when the C-PWR LED cannot be Turned Off

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0100-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

1.1.3 Procedure for Making Sure of Model Name and Drive Firmware of Disk Drive
When it is required to make sure of a model name and/or drive firmware of the Disk Drive in
the case of Disk Drive replacement, etc., make sure of them following the procedure shown
below.

(1) Displaying the reference window

To display the reference window, enter “http://(IP address)/drvfirm” in the [Address] of the
WEB browser.
In the case of the dual system configuration, enter an IP address of any one of the control
units. When the connection is made, the following window is displayed.
A [User Name] and a [Password] may be requested at the time of Web connection or Web
operation. In that case, input “maintenance” for the [User Name] and “hosyu9500” for the
[Password].

(2) Displaying the list of model names and drive firmware revisions of Disk Drives click [Drive
Information] in the [Menu] of the [Drive Firmware Information].

List of model names and drive firmware revisions of

the Disk Drives.
Product ID : Disk Drive Model name.
Revision : Drive firmware revision.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0110-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(3) Making sure of a model name and drive firmware revision of the Disk Drive concerned.
Since information on the Disk Drive concerned is displayed at the top of the list when the
position of the Disk Drive concerned is clicked, make sure of the model name and drive
firmware revision of the Disk Drive concerned. (The following figure shows an example in which
HDU-6 are selected.)

When the two or more Disk Drives concern, make sure of the necessary information by clicking
each position of them.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0120-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 01-0130-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Chapter 2. Parts Replacement

2.1 Locations of Replacement Components

Check the installed parts and the power supply status at the time of replacement in Table
2.1.1 and replace the parts.

Table 2.1.1 Locations of the Parts to be Replaced and Power Supply Status
Status of the
host/subsystem(*1)
No. Part name Part No. Model Reference section
With I/O Without I/O
On line On line Off line
Parts 1 Disk Drive (142.61 G bytes) 3276138-A DF-F800-AKH146 { { × “2.2.1 Replacing
Disk Drive (287.62 G bytes) 3276138-B DF-F800-AKH300 { { × Disk Drive” (REP
Disk Drive (392.73 G bytes) 3276308-A DF-F800-AKF400 { { × 02-0030)
Disk Drive (439.44 G bytes) 3276138-C DF-F800-AKH450 { { ×
Disk Drive (439.44 G bytes) (RKAKX) 3282265-A DF-F800-AKH450X { { ×
Disk Drive (575.30 G bytes) 3276138-D DF-F800-AKH600 { { ×
Disk Drive (575.30 G bytes) (RKAKX) 3282265-B DF-F800-AKH600X { { ×
Disk Drive (491.25 G bytes) 3276139-A DF-F800-AVE500 { { ×
Disk Drive (737.49 G bytes) 3276139-B DF-F800-AVE750 { { ×
Disk Drive (983.69 G bytes) 3276139-C DF-F800-AVE1K { { ×
Disk Drive (983.69 G bytes) (RKAKX) 3282101-A DF-F800-AVE1KX { { ×
Disk Drive (1,968.52 G bytes) 3276139-D DF-F800-AVE2K { { ×
Disk Drive (1,968.52 G bytes) (RKAKX) 3282101-D DF-F800-AVE2KX { { ×
Flash Drive (195.82 G bytes) 3282195-B DF-F800-AKS200 { { ×
2 Cache Backup Battery (RKM/RKS/RKH) 3276079-A DF-F800-N1K { { { “2.2.2 Replacing
Cache Backup
Battery” (REP 02-
0280)
3 FAN Unit (RKH) 3276374-A − { { { “2.2.3 Replacing
FAN Unit” (REP 02-
0350)
4 Power Unit (RKM/RKS) 3276080-A − { { { “2.2.4 Replacing
Power Unit (RKH) 3276255-A − { { { Power Unit” (REP
Power Unit (RKAK) 3276081-A − { { { 02-0390)
Power Unit (RKAKX) 3282102-A − { { {
Power Unit (RKHED) 3282061-A − { { {
Power Unit (RKAKD) 3282076-A − { { {
*1 : The status definitions of the host and the subsystem are as shown below.
y With I/O: Status that there is I/O from the host
y Without I/O: Status that there is no I/O from the host
y Online: Status of the subsystem powering on
y Off-line: Status of the subsystem powering off

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0000-18
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Status of the
host/subsystem(*1)
No. Part name Part No. Model Reference section
With I/O Without I/O
On line On line Off-line
5 Control Unit (RKM) 3282005-A HDF-F800-MFC4 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3) “2.2.5 Replacing
3282005-B HDF-F800-MIS4 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3) Control Unit” (REP
3282005-E HDF-F800-MFC8 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3) 02-0450)
3282005-F HDF-F800-MIS8 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
3282005-J HDF-F800-M8FC4 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
3282005-K HDF-F800-M8FC8 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
Control Unit (RKEM) 3282247-B DF-F800-F1KEM {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
Control Unit (RKS) 3282005-C HDF-F800-SFC2 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
3282005-D HDF-F800-SIS2 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
3282005-G HDF-F800-SFC4 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
3282005-H HDF-F800-SIS4 {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
Control Unit (RKES) 3282248-B DF-F800-F1KES {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
Control Unit (RKEXS) 3282246-A DF-F800-F1KEXS {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
Control Unit (RKH/RKHE) 3282006-A − {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
3282006-B − {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
Control Unit (RKEH) 3282249-B − {(*2) {(*2) {(*3)
Parts 6 Cache Unit (1,024 M bytes) 3276125-A DF-F800-C1GK {(*2) {(*2) { “2.2.6 Replacing
Cache Unit (2,048 M bytes) 3276125-B DF-F800-C2GK {(*2) {(*2) { Cache Unit” (REP
Cache Unit (4,096 M bytes) 3276125-J DF-F800-C4GK {(*2) {(*2) { 02-0640)
7 FC Interface Board A3276123-A DF-F800-DKF44 {(*2) {(*2) { “2.2.7 Replacing
FC Interface Board (RKS) A3276122-A DF-F800-DKF42 {(*2) {(*2) { Interface Board”
FC Interface Board (8 G bps) 3282085-A DF-F800-DKF84 {(*2) {(*2) { (REP 02-0800)
FC Interface Board (8 G bps) 3282263-A DF-F800-DKF82 {(*2) {(*2) {
iSCSI Interface Board 3276278-B DF-F800- DKS12 {(*2) {(*2) {
8 Host Connector (4 G bps) 3276337-A − {(*2) {(*2) { “2.2.8 Replacing
Host Connector”
Host Connector (8 G bps) 3276337-B − {(*2) {(*2) {
(REP 02-0950)
9 ENC Unit (RKAK) 3276159-A − { { { “2.2.9 Replacing
ENC Unit (RKAKX) 3282103-A − { { { ENC Unit” (REP 02-
1020)
10 ENC Cable (5 m) 3276151-A DF-F800-K5BS { { { “2.2.10 Replacing
ENC Cable (3 m) 3276151-B DF-F800-K3BS { { { ENC Cable” (REP
ENC Cable (1 m) 3276137-A − { { { 02-1110)
*1 : The status definitions of the host and the subsystem are as shown below.
y With I/O: Status that there is I/O from the host
y Without I/O: Status that there is no I/O from the host
y Online: Status of the subsystem powering on
y Off-line: Status of the subsystem powering off
*2 : The power can be off if the Control Unit is duplicated.
*3 : When Web cannot be connected, Control Unit, which is powering off in the dual controller configuration, cannot
be replaced.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0010-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Status of the
host/subsystem(*1)
No. Part name Part No. Model Reference section
With I/O Without I/O
On line On line Off-line
11 Basic Chassis of Rack Mount Style 3282173-A DF800-RKM × × { “2.2.11 Replacing
3282173-A DF800-RKS × × { Basic Chassis of
3282173-A DF800-RK × × { Rack Mount Style”
3282173-A DF800-RK2 × × { (REP 02-1160)
3282174-A DF800-RKH × × {
3282174-A DF800-RKH2 × × {
3282174-A DF800-RKHE × × {
3282174-A DF800-RKHE2 × × {
3282174-A DF800-RKHED × × {
3282174-A DF800-RKHE2D × × {
12 Additional Chassis of Rack Mount Style 3282175-A DF-F800-RKAK × × { “2.2.12 Replacing
3282175-A DF-F800-RKAKD × × { Additional Chassis
3282176-A DF-F800-RKAKX × × { of Rack Mount Style”
(REP 02-1220)
13 Remote Adapter 3274538-A DF-F800-VR4A (Main {(*2) {(*2) { “2.2.13 Replacing
unit) Remote Adapter”
3274538-B DF-F800-VR4H (Hub) {(*2) {(*2) { (REP 02-1260)
14 Additional Battery Box 3276126-A DF-F800-N1RK { { { “2.2.14 Replacing
(AC power supply model) an Additional Battery
Additional Battery Box 3276126-B DF-F800-N1RKD { { { Box” (REP 02-1280)
(DC power supply model)
15 Front Bezel (RKM/RKS/RKH/RKHED) 3276156-A “2.2.15 Replacing
3276156-G − Front Bezel”
{ { {
3282107-A (REP 02-1360)
3282058-A DF-F800-UBKD
Front Bezel (RKAK/RKAKD) 3276156-B
3276156-H −
{ { {
3282107-B
3282058-B DF-F800-UBKAD
Front Bezel (RKAKX) 3282121-A − { { {
*1 : The status definitions of the host and the subsystem are as shown below.
y With I/O: Status that there is I/O from the host
y Without I/O: Status that there is no I/O from the host
y Online: Status of the subsystem powering on
y Off-line: Status of the subsystem powering off
*2: The power can be on as long as the Power Unit is duplicated.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0011-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0012-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.1.1 Part Locations of Rackmount Model

RK40 rack frame

Front view

RKM/RKEM/RKS/RKES/RKEXS
Disk Drive 0 14

Cache Backup Battery #0(*1) Cache Backup Battery #1

Rear view

RKM RKEM
Control Unit #1(*2) Control Unit #1(*2)

Power Unit #0 Power Unit #1 Power Unit #0 Power Unit #1

Control Unit #0(*2) Control Unit #0(*2)
RKS RKES
Control Unit #1(*2) Control Unit #1(*2)

Power Unit #0 Control Unit #0(*2) Power Unit #1 Power Unit #0 Control Unit #0(*2) Power Unit #1

RKEXS
Control Unit #1(*2)

Power Unit #0 Control Unit #0(*2) Power Unit #1

*1 : Only one Cache Backup Battery is installed in the RKM/RKEM/RKS/RKES/RKEXS in standard. Install it left side of
the subsystem.
In the case of the DF800-RK2, two batteries are installed as a standard.
*2 : Cache Memory and Interface Board are installed in the Control Unit.

Figure 2.1.1 Replaceable Part Locations of Rackmount Model (1)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0020-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

RK40 rack frame

Front view Rear view

RKH RKH

Cache Backup Battery #3 Cache Backup Battery #2 Interface Board #1

Control Unit #1(*2)
FAN Unit#1

FAN Unit#0

Cache Backup Battery #0(*1) Cache Backup Battery #1(*1) Power Unit #0 Power Unit #1
Control Unit #0(*2) Interface Board #0
RKHED RKHED
Control Unit #1(*2) Interface Board #1
Cache Backup Battery #3 Cache Backup Battery #2

FAN Unit#1
Power Unit #0 Power Unit #1
FAN Unit#0

Cache Backup Battery #0(*1) Cache Backup Battery #1(*1) Input Power Switch Input Power Switch
Control Unit #0(*2) Interface Board #0

*1 : Two Cache Backup Batterys are installed in the RKH/RKHED in standard, and it is installed under the subsystem.
In the case of the DF800-RKH2 and the DF800-RKHE2/DF800-RKHE2D, four batteries are installed as a standard.
*2 : Cache Memory and Interface Board are installed in the Control Unit.

Figure 2.1.1.1 Replaceable Part Locations of Rackmount Model (2)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0021-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

RK40 rack frame

Front view Rear view

RKAK RKAK

ENC Unit #0 ENC Unit #1

Disk Drive
0 14

Power Unit #0 Power Unit #1

RKAKD RKAKD

ENC Unit #0 ENC Unit #1

Disk Drive
0 14

Input Power Switch Input Power Switch

Power Unit #0 Power Unit #1

Upper view Rear view

RKAKX RKAKX

ENC Unit #A1 ENC Unit #A0

Power Unit #B0 Power Unit #A0

ENC Unit #B1 ENC Unit #B0
Power Unit #B1 Power Unit #A1
Disk Drive

Figure 2.1.1.2 Replaceable Part Locations of Rackmount Model (3)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0022-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2 Replacement of Components

The parts replacements here are illustrated using a rackmount model.

Where to install a component is shown in “2.1 Locations of Replacement Components” (REP

02-0000).

2.2.1 Replacing Disk Drive

CAUTION

Do not pull out multiple RKAKXs at a time because the rack can fall over.
The replacement procedure for the Disk Drive differs depending on the spare disk setting, RAID
configuration, data recovery setting mode, or the spare drive operation mode (‡1) (variable or
fixed).
Perform the replacement following the procedure shown below.
A failure may be caused by the electric shock since the Disk Drive is precision instrument. Be
sure to put on the wrist strap before starting work in order to protect Disk Drive from
electrostatic discharge.

NOTE : Before unpacking and replacing maintenance components, be sure to wear a

wrist strap and connect to ground the grounding clip in the opposite end of the
wrist strap to the chassis frame (metal part).
When you insert a Disk Drive into the subsystem, support the Disk Drive as
touching its metal part with fingers of your hand that wears a wrist strap.

A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this Disk Drive (RKM/RKS/RKAK)

before starting maintenance.) The clip side of wrist strap:
Connect this to the metal part on the
frame of subsystem (front face)

Support the part by touching its metal part

(metal plate) with your fingers
A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this
before starting maintenance.)
Support the part by touching its metal part
(metal plate) with your fingers
The clip side of wrist strap:
Connect this to the metal part on the Disk Drive (RKAKX)
frame of subsystem (front face)

NOTE : When removing the Disk Drive to the RKAKX, check that the stabilizer is
installed to the front side of the rack.
If the stabilizer is not installed, install the stabilizer to the rack. (Refer to
Installation “2.2.1 (7) Installing the stabilizer” (INST 02-0090).)

‡1 : Spare Drive : Set whether to make the Copy backless function enable or disable. (Refer to Introduction “3.6 (3)
Operation after replacing the failed Disk Drive” (INTR 03-0270).)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0030-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives

(1-1) In the case of RKM/RKS/RKAK
The Disk Drive number is #0 to #14 from the left sequentially seen sideways.

Disk Drive

RKAK
RKM/RKS
Red (ALM) LED Green (ACT) LED

RKAK
Disk Drive number
#0 #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12 #13 #14

RKM/RKS
Disk Drive number
#0 #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12 #13 #14

Figure 2.2.1 Disk Drive Mounting Location (RKM/RKS/RKAK)

(1-2) In the case of RKAKX

The Disk Drive numbering is #A0 to #A23, #B0 to #B23 sequentially viewed from the above of
the subsystem.

Location of the installing the Disk Drive

Disk Drive

Red (ALM) LED

RKAKX

Disk Drive number #B19 - #B23 #B14- -#B18 #B7 - #B13 #B0 - #B6

Top

Rear side Front side

#A19 - #A23 #A14 - #A18 #A7 - #A13 #A0 - #A6

Figure 2.2.1.1 Disk Drive Mounting Location (RKAKX)

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0040-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Replacing Disk Drive

CAUTION
y To prevent part failures caused by static electrical charge built up on your own
body, be sure to wear a wrist strap connected to the chassis before starting and
do not take it off until you finish.
y Be sure to wear a wrist strap connected to the chassis whenever you unpack
parts from a case. Otherwise, the static electrical charge on your body may
damage the parts.
y Disk Drives are precision components.
Be careful not to expose drives to hard shock.
y When you install a Disk Drive, support its metal part with your hand that has the
wrist strap. You can discharge static electricity by touching the metal plate.
y For the system Disk Drives (The Disk Drives #0 to #4 of the RKM/RKS or the Disk
Drives #0 to #4 of the RKAK/RKAKX corresponding to the unit ID#0 connected to
the RKH) regardless of the data Disk Drives, the Spare Drives and the Disk
Drives which do not configure the RAID group, do not remove the Disk Drives #0
to #4 at the same time with the subsystem power turned on.
There is a possibility of downing the subsystem if removing them.

NOTE : Please execute the maintenance work according to the instruction when an
abnormal device and another trouble message have been generated the
diagnosis and after the diagnosis ends.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0050-20
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restrictions RAID level Reference section
1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Replaceable only while power The Spare Disk is set RAID 0(*1) When the red (ALM)
on (hot replacement) is on RAID 1, RAID 5, LED on the disk drive
2. Complete the replacement RAID 6, and to be replaced is on.
within ten minutes(*3). RAID 1+0 See “(a-1) When the
Otherwise, a powering off may red (ALM) LED on the
occur because of an abnormal Disk Drive to be
temperature rise. Perform the replaced is on.” (REP
part replacement in haste. 02-0070).
3. At the time of the preventive When the red (ALM)
replacement, do not perform LED on the disk drive
the preventive replacement to be replaced is off.
work while the READY LED See “(a-2) When the
(green) on the front of the red (ALM) LED on the
Basic Chassis is blinking at Disk Drive to be
high speed because the replaced is off.” (REP
automatic download of the 02-0120).
ENC firmware is being The Spare Disk is RAID 0(*2) See “(b-3)
executed. Make the not set or there is no Replacement of Disk
replacement after the LED Spare Disk that can Drive under RAID 0
lights on. be used configuration” (REP
4. At the time of the preventive 02-0180).
replacement, do not perform RAID 1, RAID 5, When the red (ALM)
the preventive replacement RAID 6, and LED on the disk drive
work while the WARNING LED RAID 1+0 to be replaced is on.
(orange) on the front of the See “(b-1) Replacing
Basic Chassis is blinking at Disk Drive in RAID 1,
high speed because the 5, 6, or 1+0
update of the flash program is configuration (When
being executed. the red (ALM) LED is
Perform the preventive on)” (REP 02-0140).
replacement work after When the red (ALM)
checking that the WARNING LED on the disk drive
LED (orange) on the front of to be replaced is off.
the Basic Chassis usually goes See “(b-2) Replacing a
out about 30 seconds later. Disk Drive in the RAID
1, 5, 6, or RAID 1+0
configuration (when the
red (ALM) LED is off)”
(REP 02-0170).
2 Replacement with the power turned Not applicable 
off
*1 : Be sure to backup the user data before replacing a Disk Drive in RAID 0 configuration. When the set RAID group
and LU are deleted or formatted, related user data will be lost.
(A backing up and restoration of user data are operations to be performed by users.)
*2 : You can replace the Disk Drive using the procedure (a) for the case of RAID 0 with a Spare Disk only when the data
migration to the Spare Disk by means of the dynamic sparing has terminated normally.
When the data migration to the Spare Disk has failed, replace the Disk Drive using the procedure (b-2) for the case
of RAID 0 without Spare Disk.
*3 : It’s the time it takes to replace part itself.
This time doesn’t include the time needed to perform the operation other than replacement.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0060-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

If no Spare Disk is provided, go to (b).

(a) The Spare Disk is set
(a-1) When the red (ALARM) LED on the Disk Drive to be replaced is on.

NOTE : When there are two or more Disk Drives to be replaced and both Data Disk Drive
and Spare Disk Drive are included in them, replace from the Data Disk Drives.

START

Collect errors of Simple Trace, CTL y Simple Trace

Alarm Trace, and Full Dump following Refer to Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace”
the generated error message. (TRBL 07-0040).
y CTL Alarm Trace
Refer to Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm
Trace” (TRBL 07-0090).
y Full Dump
Refer to Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump”
(TRBL 07-0140).
y Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.

Check that any of the following

messages is displayed in the Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).
“Information Message” on WEB.
y W09zab HDU alarm (Unit-x, HDU-y,
Type-c)
y W0Azab SATA HDU alarm (Unit-x,
HDU-y, Type-c)
y W0Bzab Spare HDU alarm (Unit-x,
HDU-y, Type-c)
y W0Czab SATA Spare HDU alarm
(Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)

Is “W09zab HDU alarm (Unit-x, No

HDU-y, Type-c)” displayed in the
“Information Message” on WEB.
Yes Is “W0Azab SATA HDU alarm (Unit- No
x, HDU-y, Type-c)” displayed in the
“Information Message” on WEB.
Yes

A B
To REP 02-0071 To REP 02-0072

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0070-20
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0070

Check that the state of the data Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).
restoration to the Spare Disk.
Is [I00800 Data recovery to spare No
HDU (Unit-x, HDU-y)] displayed (*1)
in the “Information Message” on
WEB?
Yes
Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
on WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110)

Is “I1GG00 HDU changed to spare

(Unit-x, HDU-y)” displayed in Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).
“Information Message” on WEB, and
is the following message displayed
in “Warning Information” on WEB for G
the blocked Disk Drives? To REP 02-0100
y W0Bzab Spare HDU alarm (Unit-
x, HDU-y, Type-c)
y W0Czab SATA Spare HDU alarm
(Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)

C
To REP 02-0080
*1 : It will take time until this message is displayed. Refer to “Table 2.2.2 Standard Time Required for the Correction
Copy or Copy Back (SAS Disk Drive)/Table 2.2.3 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back
(SATA Disk Drive)” for the standard of the time required.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0071-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0070

Check that any of the following

messages is displayed in the
“Information Message” on WEB.
y W0Bzab Spare HDU alarm (Unit-x,
HDU-y, Type-c)
y W0Czab SATA Spare HDU alarm
(Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)

Check the state of the data Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).
restoration to the Spare Disk. No (Single blockade of the Spare Disk Drive)
Is [I00800 Data recovery to spare
HDU (Unit-x, HDU-y)] displayed (*1) E
To REP 02-0091
in the “Information Message” on
WEB?
Yes

Is “I1GG00 HDU changed to spare

(Unit-x, HDU-y)” displayed in Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).
“Information Message” on WEB, and
is the following message displayed
in “Warning Information” on WEB for No
the blocked Disk Drives? G
To REP 02-0100
y W0Bzab Spare HDU alarm (Unit-
x, HDU-y, Type-c)
y W0Czab SATA Spare HDU alarm
(Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)

Yes

C
To REP 02-0080

*1 : It will take time until this message is displayed. Refer to “Table 2.2.2 Standard Time Required for the Correction
Copy or Copy Back (SAS Disk Drive)/Table 2.2.3 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back
(SATA Disk Drive)” for the standard of the time required.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0072-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0071/

REP 02-0072 C

Removing the front bezel(*1) Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Cover of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)

Make sure that the Red (ALM) LED

on the Disk Drive to replace is lit and Refer to “2.2.1 (1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives”
it is detached. (REP 02-0040).

Removing the Disk Drive. Refer to “Figure 2.2.2 Removing the Disk Drive”
(REP 02-0130).

Installing the new Disk Drive Refer to “Figure 2.2.3 Installing the Disk Drive”
Wait for more than 20 seconds, and (REP 02-0131).
then insert the replacement Disk Drive.
If the Disk Drive is inserted without
waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible
that the Disk Drive is not recovered
from the failure normally.

Dose the Red (ALM) LED of the No Refer to “2.2.1 (1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives”
replaced Disk Drive goes out(*2)? (REP 02-0040).
Yes

Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”

Is [I009ab Spare HDU recovered
(WEB 02-0110).
(Unit-x, HDU-y)] displayed(*3) in No
the “Information Message” on
WEB?
Yes
Refer to the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
on WEB, and replace the new disk (WEB 02-0110).
drive again.

D To REP 02-0090
*1 : For the RKAKX, remove the front bezel, pull the subsystem out of the rack, and remove the top cover.
*2 : The red (ALM) LED of the Disk Drive lights off within about five minutes after the Disk Drive is inserted.
When the Red (ALM) LED is not turned off, remove the inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after
20 seconds or more passed.
However, if the Disk Drive is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of
the spin-up of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for
the RAID Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information
Message” on WEB), the Red (ALM) LED of the replaced Disk Drive may not be turned off.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
*3 : This message is displayed within about five minutes after the red (ALM) LED of the Disk Drive lights off.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0080-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0080

Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”

Does the WARNING LED (REP 01-0070).
No
(orange) on the front of the Basic
Chassis light out(*1)?
Yes
Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”
Does the READY LED (green) (REP 01-0070).
on the front of the Basic No
Chassis light up? (*2)
Yes
Isn’t the message indicating the Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
abnormal termination displayed on WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110).
although the message indicating Yes
that the drive firmware automatic Refer to Firmware "1.6 (4) Checking the start message and
download was started and ended end message of the automatic download" (FIRM 01-0890).
is displayed?(*3)
No
Attaching the front bezel (*4) Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Cover of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)
END

*1 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.
*2 : Wait if the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to
50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH.
*3 : When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message and completion message of the drive
firmware automatic download are not displayed.
*4 : For the RKAKX, attach the top cover, store the subsystem in the rack, and then attach the front bezel.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0090-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0072

Removing the front bezel(*1) Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Cover of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)
Make sure that the Red (ALM) LED
on the Disk Drive to replace is lit and Refer to “2.2.1 (1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives”
it is detached. (REP 02-0040).

Removing the Disk Drive. Refer to “Figure 2.2.2 Removing the Disk Drive”
(REP 02-0130).

Dose the Red (ALM) LED of the Refer to “2.2.1 (1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives”
No
replaced Disk Drive goes out(*2)? (REP 02-0040).

Yes
Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Is [I009ab Spare HDU recovered (WEB 02-0110).
(Unit-x, HDU-y)] displayed(*3) in No
the “Information Message” on
WEB?
Refer to the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Yes on WEB, and replace the new disk (WEB 02-0110).
drive again.

Check that the state of the data Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).
restoration to the Spare Disk.
Is [I00800 Data recovery to spare No
H
HDU (Unit-x, HDU-y)] displayed (*4) To REP 02-0110
in the “Information Message” on
WEB?
Yes

F
To REP 02-0092
*1 : For the RKAKX, remove the front bezel, pull the subsystem out of the rack, and remove the top cover.
*2 : The red (ALM) LED of the Disk Drive lights off within about five minutes after the Disk Drive is inserted.
When the Red (ALM) LED is not turned off, remove the inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after
20 seconds or more passed.
However, if the Disk Drive is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of
the spin-up of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for
the RAID Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information
Message” on WEB), the Red (ALM) LED of the replaced Disk Drive may not be turned off.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
*3 : This message is displayed within about five minutes after the red (ALM) LED of the Disk Drive lights off.
*4 : It will take time until this message is displayed. Refer to “Table 2.2.2 Standard Time Required for the Correction
Copy or Copy Back (SAS Disk Drive)/Table 2.2.3 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back
(SATA Disk Drive)” for the standard of the time required.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0091-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0091

Wait until the restoration of the Disk

Drive data is completed.

The data is restored automatically on

the replaced Disk Drive. (*1) (*2)

Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”

Is [I15100 Data recovery
No (WEB 02-0110).
completed] displayed (*3) in the
“Information Message” on WEB?
Yes
Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
on WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110).

Does the WARNING LED Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”
No (REP 01-0070).
(orange) on the front of the Basic
Chassis light out? (*4)
Yes
Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”
Does the READY LED (green)
(REP 01-0070).
on the front of the Basic
Chassis light up? (*5)
Yes
Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Isn’t the message indicating the (WEB 02-0110).
on WEB for the maintenance.
abnormal termination displayed
although the message indicating Yes
that the drive firmware automatic Refer to Firmware "1.6 (4) Checking the start message and
download was started and ended end message of the automatic download" (FIRM 01-0890).
is displayed?(*6)
No
Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attaching the front bezel (*7) Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Cover of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)

END

*1 : In case of it is set to automatic recovery mode. However, the copy back does not operate until completing the RAID
group expansion incase of the Disk Drive during the RAID group expansion. The copy back starts automatically
after completing the RAID group expansion.
*2 : Open the Unit screen in the Storage Navigator Modular 2. Double click the Disk Drive under recovery procedure
(indicated in yellow) in the Component Status Tag, then the progress of data recovery can be checked. (For detail,
refer to System Parameter “3.5 Checking the Status of Disk Drive” (SYSPR 03-0430).)
*3 : It will take time until this message is displayed. Refer to “Table 2.2.2 Standard Time Required for the Correction
Copy or Copy Back (SAS Disk Drive)/Table 2.2.3 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back
(SATA Disk Drive)” for the standard of the time required.
*4 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.
*5 : Wait if the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to
50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH).
*6 : When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message and completion message of the drive
firmware automatic download are not displayed.
*7 : For the RKAKX, attach the top cover, store the subsystem in the rack, and then attach the front bezel.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0092-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0071/

G
REP 02-0072
Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Removing the front bezel (*1) Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Cover of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)
Make sure that the Red (ALM) LED
on the Disk Drive to replace is lit and Refer to “2.2.1 (1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives”
it is detached. (REP 02-0040).

Removing the Disk Drive. Refer to “Figure 2.2.2 Removing the Disk Drive”
(REP 02-0130).
Installing the new Disk Drive Refer to “Figure 2.2.3 Installing the Disk Drive”
Wait for more than 20 seconds, and (REP 02-0131).
then insert the replacement Disk Drive.
If the Disk Drive is inserted without
waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible
that the Disk Drive is not recovered
from the failure normally.

Refer to “2.2.1 (1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives”

Dose the Red (ALM) LED of the No (REP 02-0040).
replaced Disk Drive goes out (*2)?
Yes

The data is restored automatically on Refer to the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
the replaced Disk Drive. (*3) (*4) on WEB, and replace the new Disk (WEB 02-0110).
Drive again.
Is [I15100 Data recovery Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
completed] displayed (*5) in the No (WEB 02-0110).
“Information Message” on WEB?
Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Yes on WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110).

Is [I007ab HDU recovered (Unit- Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”

x, HDU-y)] or [I009ab Spare (WEB 02-0110).
No
HDU recovered (Unit-x, HDU-y)]
displayed (*6) in the “Information Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Message” on WEB? Refer to the “Information Message”
on WEB, and replace the new Disk (WEB 02-0110).
Yes Drive again.

H To REP 02-0110
*1 : For the RKAKX, remove the front bezel, pull the subsystem out of the rack, and remove the top cover.
*2 : The red (ALM) LED of the Disk Drive lights off within about five minutes after the Disk Drive is inserted.
When the Red (ALM) LED is not turned off, remove the inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after
20 seconds or more passed.
However, if the Disk Drive is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of
the spin-up of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for
the RAID Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information
Message” on WEB), the Red (ALM) LED of the replaced Disk Drive may not be turned off.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
*3 : In case of it is set to automatic recovery mode. However, the copy back does not operate until completing the RAID
group expansion incase of the Disk Drive during the RAID group expansion. The copy back starts automatically
after completing the RAID group expansion.
*4 : Open the Unit screen in the Storage Navigator Modular 2. Double click the Disk Drive under recovery procedure
(indicated in yellow) in the Component Status Tag, then the progress of data recovery can be checked. (For detail,
refer to System Parameter “3.5 Checking the Status of Disk Drive” (SYSPR 03-0430).)
*5 : It will take time until this message is displayed. Refer to “Table 2.2.2 Standard Time Required for the Correction
Copy or Copy Back (SAS Disk Drive)/Table 2.2.3 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back
(SATA Disk Drive)” for the standard of the time required.
*6 : This message is displayed within about five minutes after “I15100 Data recovery completed” is displayed in the
“Information Message” on WEB.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0100-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0091/

REP 02-0100 H

Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”

Does the WARNING LED (REP 01-0070).
(orange) on the front of the Basic No
Chassis light out? (*1)
Yes
Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”
Does the READY LED (green) (REP 01-0070).
on the front of the Basic Chassis No
light up? (*2)
Yes
Isn’t the message indicating the Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
abnormal termination displayed on WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110).
Yes
although the message indicating
that the drive firmware automatic Refer to Firmware "1.6 (4) Checking the start message and
download was started and ended end message of the automatic download" (FIRM 01-0890).
is displayed?(*3)
No
Attaching the front bezel (*4) Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Cover of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)
END

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0110-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(a-2) When the red (ALM) LED on the Disk Drive to be replaced is off.

START

Is the Disk Drive whose red No

(ALM) LED is on already in the
subsystem?
Yes

Replace the Disk Drive whose red

(ALM) LED is on already following
the procedure (a-1), (b-1) or (b-3).

Is the Disk Drive to be replaced No (The Disk Drive to be replaced is the Spare Disk.)
the Data Disk?
Yes

Detach the Disk Drive to be replaced Refer to Troubleshooting “10.2.6 Drive

forcibly. Maintenance” (TRBL 10-0180).

Perform the dynamic sparing Refer to Troubleshooting “10.2.6 Drive Maintenance”

for the Disk Drive to be replaced. (TRBL 10-0180).

Replace the Disk Drive Refer to “(a-1) When the red (ALARM) LED on the disk
following the procedure (a-1). drive to be replaced is on.” (REP 02-0070).

END

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0120-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Disk Drive for the RKM/RKS/RKAK

Disk Drive Disk Drive

c
Stopper Handle

c Pull the stopper at the upper part of the Disk Drive handle toward you to have
the lock off, tilt the handle toward you, and then remove the dummy (Disk Drive)
by pulling it.

Disk Drive for the RKAKX

Handle
c

Disk Drive

c Open the handle toward you, and then remove the Disk Drive by pulling it out
taking care not to apply a shock to it.

Figure 2.2.2 Removing the Disk Drive

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0130-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Disk Drive for the RKM/RKS/RKAK

Guide Rail
Disk Drive
d
Disk Drive e

Stopper Handle
Hook
c
Rectangular Hole

c Slide the Disk Drive following the guide rail to the direction of the arrow without adding
an impact.
d Push it in until it reaches the position where a hook of the handle can be entered into
the rectangular hole at the lower part of a frame on the front side of the disk array unit.
e Raise the stopper, which has been titled toward you, and then have the lock on by
pressing the stopper.
If the handle is raised in the state in which its hook cannot be entered into the
rectangular hole, the Disk Drive cannot be installed correctly because it runs into
the frame of the disk array unit.

Disk Drive for the RKAKX

c Handle
d

Disk Drive

c Open the handle, and insert the Disk Drive holding it with both hands. (*1)
d Close the handle, and lock it.
*1 : Check that there is no foreign substance near the connector and in the subsystem before inserting the Disk Drive.

Figure 2.2.3 Installing the Disk Drive

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0131-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0132-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(b) The Spare Disk is not set or there is no Spare Disk that can be used
(b-1) Replacing Disk Drive in RAID 1, 5, 6, or 1+0 configuration
(When the red (ALM) LED is on)

NOTE : When there are two or more Disk Drives to be replaced and both Data Disk Drive
and Spare Disk Drive are included in them, replace from the Data Disk Drives.

START

Collect errors of Simple Trace, CTL y Simple Trace

Check that any of the following

messages is displayed in “Information
Message” on WEB. Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).
y W09zab HDU alarm (Unit-x, HDU-y,
Type-c)
y W0Azab SATA HDU alarm (Unit-x,
HDU-y, Type-c)
y W0Bzab Spare HDU alarm (Unit-x,
HDU-y, Type-c)
y W0Czab SATA Spare HDU alarm
(Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)

A
To REP 02-0141

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0140-20
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0140

Removing the front bezel (*1) Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Cover of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)

Make sure that the Red (ALM) LED on

the Disk Drive to replace is lit and it is Refer to “2.2.1 (1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives”
detached. (REP 02-0040).

From REP 02-0150

C REP 02-0161

Removing the Disk Drive.

When there are two or more Disk Refer to “Figure 2.2.2 Removing the Disk Drive”
Drives to be replaced and both Data (REP 02-0130).
Disk Drive and Spare Disk Drive are
included in them, replace from the Data
Disk Drives.

Installing the new Disk Drive

Wait for more than 20 seconds, and then Refer to “Figure 2.2.3 Installing the Disk Drive”
insert the replacement Disk Drive. (REP 02-0131).
If the Disk Drive is inserted without
waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible
that the Disk Drive is not recovered
from the failure normally.

B To REP 02-0150
*1 : For the RKAKX, remove the front bezel, pull the subsystem out of the rack, and remove the top cover.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0141-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0142-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-141

Refer to “2.2.1 (1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives”

Dose the Red (ALM) LED of the No
(REP 02-0040).
replaced Disk Drive goes out (*1)?
Yes Refer to the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
on WEB, and replace the new disk (WEB 02-0110).
drive again.

C
To REP 02-0141
Is the replaced Disk Drive the No
Data Disk?
Yes
E
To REP 02-0161
The data is restored automatically on Refer to Troubleshooting “10.2.6 Drive Maintenance”
the replaced Disk Drive. (*2) (*3) (TRBL 10-0180).
When the data does not recover
automatically, perform the
reconstruction of the data.

Wait until the restoration of the Disk

Drive data is completed.

Is [I15100 Data recovery Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”

completed] displayed (*4) in the No (WEB 02-0110).
“Information Message” on WEB ?
Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Yes on WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110).

Is [I007ab HDU recovered (Unit-x, Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”

HDU-y)] displayed (*5) in the No (WEB 02-0110).
“Information Message” on WEB ?
Refer to the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Yes on WEB, and replace the new disk (WEB 02-0110).
drive again.

D C
To REP 02-0160 To REP 02-0141
*1 : The red (ALM) LED of the Disk Drive lights off within about five minutes after the Disk Drive is inserted.
When the Red (ALM) LED is not turned off, remove the inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after
20 seconds or more passed.
However, if the Disk Drive is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of
the spin-up of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for
the RAID Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information
Message” on WEB), the Red (ALM) LED of the replaced Disk Drive may not be turned off.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
*2 : In case of it is set to automatic recovery mode.
*3 : Open the Unit screen in the Storage Navigator Modular 2. Double click the Disk Drive under recovery procedure
(indicated in yellow) in the Component Status Tag, then the progress of data recovery can be checked. (For detail,
refer to System Parameter “3.5 Checking the Status of Disk Drive” (SYSPR 03-0430).)
*4 : It will take time until this message is displayed. Refer to “Table 2.2.2 Standard Time Required for the Correction
Copy or Copy Back (SAS Disk Drive)/Table 2.2.3 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back
(SATA Disk Drive)” for the standard of the time required.
*5 : This message is displayed within about five minutes after “I15100 Data recovery completed” is displayed in the
“Information Message” on WEB.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0150-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0150

Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”

Does the WARNING LED (REP 01-0070).
No
(orange) on the front of the Basic
Chassis light out? (*1)
Yes
Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”
Does the READY LED (green)
No (REP 01-0070).
on the front of the Basic Chassis
light up? (*2)
Yes
Isn’t the message indicating the Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
abnormal termination displayed on WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110).
although the message indicating Yes
that the drive firmware automatic Refer to Firmware "1.6 (4) Checking the start message and
download was started and ended end message of the automatic download" (FIRM 01-0890).
is displayed? (*3)
No
Attaching the front bezel (*4) Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Cover of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)
END

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0160-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0150

E
Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Is [I009ab Spare HDU recovered No (WEB 02-0110).
(Unit-x, HDU-y)] displayed(*1) in the
“Information Message” on WEB? Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Refer to the “Information Message”
Yes on WEB, and replace the new disk (WEB 02-0110).
drive again.

C To REP 02-0141
Check that the state of the data
restoration to the Spare Disk. Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).
Is [I00800 Data recovery to spare No
F
HDU (Unit-x, HDU-y)] displayed in(*2)

the “Information Message” on WEB?

Yes
Wait until the restoration of the Disk
Drive data is completed.

Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”

Is [I15100 Data recovery (WEB 02-0110).
completed] displayed (*2) in the No
“Information Message” on WEB ?
Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Yes on WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110).

Does the WARNING LED Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”
No (REP 01-0070).
(orange) on the front of the Basic
Chassis light out? (*3)
Yes
Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”
Does the READY LED (green)
No (REP 01-0070).
on the front of the Basic Chassis
light up? (*4)
Yes Follow the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
on WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110).
Isn’t the message indicating the
abnormal termination displayed
although the message indicating Yes
that the drive firmware automatic
download was started and ended Refer to Firmware “1.6 (4) Checking the start message and
is displayed? (*5) end message of the automatic download” (FIRM 01-0890).
No
Attaching the front bezel (*6) Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Cover of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)
END
*1 : This message is displayed within about five minutes after the red (ALM) LED of the Disk Drive lights off.
*2 : It will take time until this message is displayed. Refer to “Table 2.2.2 Standard Time Required for the Correction
Copy or Copy Back (SAS Disk Drive)/Table 2.2.3 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back
(SATA Disk Drive)” for the standard of the time required.
*3 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.
*4 : Wait if the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to
50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH.
*5 : When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message and completion message of the drive
firmware automatic download are not displayed.
*6 : For the RKAKX, attach the top cover, store the subsystem in the rack, and then attach the front bezel.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0161-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0162-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(b-2) Replacing a Disk Drive in the RAID 1, 5, 6, or RAID 1+0 configuration

(when the red (ALM) LED is off)

START

Is the Disk Drive whose red No

(ALM) LED is on already in the
subsystem?
Yes

Replace the Disk Drive whose red

(ALM) LED is on already
following the procedure (a-1) or (b-1).

Detach the Disk Drive Refer to Troubleshooting “10.2.6 Drive Maintenance”

to be replaced forcibly. (TRBL 10-0180).

Replace the Disk Drive

Refer to “(b-1) Replacing Disk Drive in RAID 1, 5, or 1+0
following the procedure (b-1).
configuration (When the red (ALM) LED is on)”
(REP 02-0140).

END

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0170-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(b-3) Replacement of Disk Drive under RAID 0 configuration

START

Collect errors of Simple Trace, CTL y Simple Trace

Make sure whether the Disk Drive to Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).
be replaced is blocked or not by
viewing the message of the WEB.

Removing the front bezel(*2). Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Door of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)
B
From REP 02-0190

Removing the Disk Drive. Refer to “Figure 2.2.2 Removing the Disk Drive”
(REP 02-0130).

A
To REP 02-0190
*1 : The user data cannot be backed up when a Disk Drive targeted for the replacement is blocked or when there is a
blocked Disk Drive in the RAID Group to which the Disk Drive targeted for the replacement belongs.
*2 : For the RKAKX, remove the front bezel, pull the subsystem out of the rack, and remove the top cover.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0180-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

From REP 02-0180

Refer to “2.2.1 (1) Locations and numbers of Disk Drives”

Dose the Red (ALM) LED of the No (REP 02-0040).
replaced Disk Drive goes out (*1)?
Yes Refer to the “Information Message” Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
on WEB, and replace the new disk (WEB 02-0110).
drive again.

B To REP 02-0180
Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”
Does the WARNING LED (orange) (REP 01-0070).
on the front of the Basic Chassis No
light out ?
(*2)

Yes
Refer to “Figure 1.1.3 Indication Name (Basic Chassis)”
Does the READY LED (green) (REP 01-0070).
No
on the front of the Basic Chassis
light up? (*3)
Yes Follow the “Information Message” on Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
Isn’t the message indicating the WEB for the maintenance. (WEB 02-0110).
abnormal termination displayed
although the message indicating Yes
that the drive firmware automatic Refer to Firmware “1.6 (4) Checking the start message and
download was started and ended end message of the automatic download” (FIRM 01-0890).
is displayed?(*4)
No
Format the LU. Refer to System Parameter “3.3 Setting of LU”
(SYSPR 03-0130)
Restore the user data using the
backup data.

Attaching the front bezel(*5). Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Door of the Subsystem”
(INST 01-0100)
END
*1 : The red (ALM) LED of the Disk Drive lights off within about five minutes after the Disk Drive is inserted.
When the Red (ALM) LED is not turned off, remove the inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after
20 seconds or more passed.
However, if the Disk Drive is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of
the spin-up of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for
the RAID Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information
Message” on WEB), the Red (ALM) LED of the replaced Disk Drive may not be turned off.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted Disk Drive from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
*2 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.
*3 : Wait if the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to
50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH).
*4 : When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message and completion message of the drive
firmware automatic download are not displayed.
*5 : For the RKAKX, attach the top cover, store the subsystem in the rack, and then attach the front bezel.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0190-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Disk Drive threshold

Errors counted in this subsystem and default threshold values are listed below.
The dynamic sparing functions when the error count threshold value is exceeded. After the
dynamic sparing operation is completed, the failed Disk Drive is detached.

Table 2.2.1 Error and Threshold Value

Threshold (Default) (Once/24 hours)
No. Kind of error The Spare Disk is set The Spare Disk is not set
SAS SATA Flash Drive SAS SATA Flash Drive
1 Disk mechanical error. (Recovered) 50 50 50 50 50 50
2 Disk mechanical error. (Un-recovered) 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 A Disk Drive failure that becomes a
factor to execute reassignment
y Disk medium error. (Recovered)
25 50 25 200 100 200
y Disk medium error. (Un-recovered)
y Collectable errors in online verify.
y Un-correctable errors in online verify.
4 Disk R/W error. (Recovered) 10 10 10 10 10 10
5 Disk R/W error. (Un-recovered) 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 Disk I/F error. (Recovered) 50 50 50 50 50 50
7 Disk I/F error. (Un-recovered) 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 Disk hardware error. (Recovered) 50 50 50 50 50 50
9 Disk hardware error. (Un-recovered) 2 2 2 2 2 2
10 Disk SCSI I/F error. (Recovered) 50 50 50 50 50 50
11 Disk SCSI I/F error. (Un-recovered) 2 2 2 2 2 2

There threshold values above can be referred to and updated from the Hitachi Storage
Navigator Modular 2 (‡1).
However, the recovered or un-recovered disk media errors and the correctable or
uncorrectable errors in online verify operations are count up together in the reassigned count,
so that the threshold value can be updated but it is not effective.
The accumulated number of errors is not cleared even if the power supply of the subsystem is
turned off (the subsystem performs the planned shutdown).

‡1 : For the details of the Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2, refer to the “Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 (for
GUI) User’s Guide”.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0200-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(3) Transition of WEB of spare recovery operation of the [Information Message]

When the recovery completes normally, the “Information Message” from the WEB (WEB “2.5
Information Message” (WEB 02-0110)) change successively as shown below.
(a) Data recover (Data recovery onto the Spare Disk when a disk blocked is detected)
W09zab HDU alarm (Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)
W0Azab SATA HDU alarm (Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)
······························ : Data Disk blocked
I15000 Data recovery started (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Start of data area recovery
I15100 Data recovery completed (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Completion of data area recovery
I00800 Data recovery to spare HDU (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Completion of recovery onto Spare
Disk
I1GG00 HDU changed to spare (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : The blocked data disk is changed to
the spare disk, and the spare disk
before the failure is changed to the
data disk. ( ‡1)
W0Bzab Spare HDU alarm(Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)
W0Czab SATA Spare HDU alarm (Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)
······························ : Spare Disk blocked( ‡1) ( ‡2)

‡1 : This message has set “Spare Drive” of “Configuration Settings” – “Restore Options” of the Hitachi Storage Navigator
Modular 2 to variable (default value), and it is displayed after the Disk Drive restoration is completed if the
capacity and the rotational speed of the blocked Disk Drive and the Spare Disk Drive at the data recovery
destination are matched and both of them are not the Disk Drives of the RKAK/RKAKX when “Applying No Copy
Back Mode on All the Units” is set to disable. Also, this message is displayed after the Disk Drive restoration is
completed if the Disk Drive capacity of the blocked Disk Drive and the Spare Disk Drive at the data recovery
destination is matched when “Spare Disk Drive Active Mode” is variable and “Applying No Copy Back Mode on All
the Units” is set to enable.
However, when the Power Saving function is installed and enabled, if the Spare Disk setting is made for the Disk
Drives #0 to #4 of the RKM/RKS, the Disk Drives #0 to #4 corresponding to unit ID#0 connected to the RKH, or the
Disk Drives #0 to #3 of the Additional Chassis (RKAK/RKAKX), the Copy backless does not operate during the data
recovery to the Disk Drive set as a Spare Drive, and the Copy back surely operates after changing the Disk Drive.
‡2 : This message is displayed in the Warning Information.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0210-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(b) Data recover (Dynamic sparing from data disk to Spare Disk)
I15A00 Dynamic sparing start (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Start of Dynamic sparing
I15000 Data recovery started (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Start of disk recovery
I15100 Data recovery completed (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Completion of data recovery
I00800 Data recovery to spare HDU (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Completion of recovery onto Spare
Disk
I1GG00 HDU changed to spare (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : The blocked data disk is changed to
the spare disk, and the spare disk
before the failure is changed to the
data disk. ( ‡1)
W09zab HDU alarm(Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)
W0Azab SATA HDU alarm (Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)
······························ : Data Disk blocked( ‡2)
W0Bzab Spare HDU alarm(Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)
W0Czab SATA Spare HDU alarm (Unit-x, HDU-y, Type-c)
······························ : Spare Disk blocked( ‡3) ( ‡4)

‡1 : This message is displayed in the Warning Information.

‡2 : This message is displayed only when “I1GG00 HDU changed to spare(Unit-x, HDU-y)” is not displayed before this.
‡3 : This message has set “Spare Drive” of “Configuration Settings” – “Restore Options” of the Hitachi Storage Navigator
Modular 2 to variable (default value), and it is displayed after the Disk Drive restoration is completed if the
capacity and the rotational speed of the blocked Disk Drive and the Spare Disk Drive at the data recovery
destination are matched and both of them are not the Disk Drives of the RKAK/RKAKX when “Applying No Copy
Back Mode on All the Units” is set to disable. Also, this message is displayed after the Disk Drive restoration is
completed if the Disk Drive capacity of the blocked Disk Drive and the Spare Disk Drive at the data recovery
destination is matched when “Spare Disk Drive Active Mode” is variable and “Applying No Copy Back Mode on All
the Units” is set to enable.
However, when the Power Saving function is installed and enabled, if the Spare Disk setting is made for the Disk
Drives #0 to #4 of the RKM/RKS, the Disk Drives #0 to #4 corresponding to unit ID#0 connected to the RKH, or the
Disk Drives #0 to #3 of the Additional Chassis (RKAK/RKAKX), the Copy backless does not operate during the data
recovery to the Disk Drive set as a Spare Drive, and the Copy back surely operates after changing the Disk Drive.
‡4 : This message is displayed only when “I1GG00 HDU changed to spare(Unit-x, HDU-y)” is displayed before this.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0220-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(c) Copy back

I14000 System copy started (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Start of system area recovery(‡1)
I14100 System copy completed (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Completion of system area recovery(‡1)
I15000 Data recovery started (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Start of data area recovery
I15100 Data recovery completed (Unit-x, HDU-y)
······························ : Completion of data area recovery
When the recovery terminates abnormally, whichever [I14200 System copy failed (Unit-x,
HDU-y)] or [I15200 Data recover failed (Unit-x, HDU-y)] is displayed. Take a recovery action
following the messages.

‡1 : This message is displayed only when the Disk Drives, including the Disk Drives #0 to #4 of the RKM/RKS or the Disk
Drives #0 to #4 of the RKAK/RKAKX corresponding to the unit ID#0 connected to the RKH, are replaced.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0230-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(4) Confirming completion of data recovery or copy back

Select “Information Message” from the WEB (WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110))
and make sure that the data recovery is completed normally.
Table 2.2.2 or Table 2.2.3 shows the standard of the time required of the Correction copy and
the Copy back when selecting optional numbers of the Disk Drives which configure the RAID
Group. The time required of the Correction copy and the Copy back also increases as the
number of the FC or S-ATA Disk Drives that configures the RAID Group increases.
The correction copy, copy back and dynamic sparing do not operate mutually at the same time
and also they do not operate at the same time for two or more Disk Drives. Therefore, when
the data of two or more Disk Drives (n Disk Drives) was recovered, the time that it takes to
complete recovering all the data of the n Disk Drives becomes n times the standard time.

Table 2.2.2 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back(‡1) (SAS Disk Drive)
Unit : min
Disk Drive (G byte)(*1)
142.61 287.62 392.73 439.44 575.30
Item
4 Disk Drives (2D+2P) 40 80 130 120 160
6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 60 100 190 170 200
10 Disk Drives (8D+2P) 90 150 280 260 300
RAID 6
14 Disk Drives (12D+2P) 120 240 380 360 480
18 Disk Drives (16D+2P) 160 320 500 480 640
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 250 500 780 750 1000
3 Disk Drives (2D+1P) 30 60 110 90 120
Correction AMS2300 5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 50 100 160 150 200
copy(*2) AMS2100 9 Disk Drives (8D+1P) 80 160 250 240 320
RAID 5
11 Disk Drives (10D+1P) 100 200 310 300 400
13 Disk Drives (12D+1P) 120 240 380 360 480
16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 140 280 440 420 560
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 40 80 130 120 160
8 Disk Drives RAID 1+0 (4D+4D) 40 80 130 120 160
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 40 80 130 120 160
2 Disk Drives RAID 1 (1D+1D) 40 80 130 120 160
*1 : The drive capacity values are calculated as 1 G byte =1,000,000,000 bytes. This definition is different from that
calculated as 1 k byte =1,024 bytes, which are actually displayed on PCs that you are using.
The RAID group capacity values displayed in the Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 are calculated as 1 k byte
=1,024 bytes.
*2 : This is a standard without the I/O operation from the host computer. It takes more time with the I/O operation
from the host computer.

‡1 : It is the standard of the correction copy time when data of one Disk Drive was recovered.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0240-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Unit : min
Disk Drive (G byte)(*1)
142.61 287.62 392.73 439.44 575.30
Item
4 Disk Drives (2D+2P) 30 60 90 90 120
6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 50 100 160 150 200
10 Disk Drives (8D+2P) 80 160 250 240 320
RAID 6
14 Disk Drives (12D+2P) 120 240 380 360 480
18 Disk Drives (16D+2P) 150 300 470 450 600
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 250 500 780 750 1000
3 Disk Drives (2D+1P) 30 60 90 90 120
Correction 5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 50 100 160 150 200
AMS2500
copy(*2) 9 Disk Drives (8D+1P) 80 160 250 240 320
RAID5
11 Disk Drives (10D+1P) 100 200 310 300 400
13 Disk Drives (12D+1P) 120 240 380 360 480
16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 140 280 440 420 560
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 40 80 130 120 160
8 Disk Drives RAID1+0 (4D+4D) 40 80 130 120 160
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 40 80 130 120 160
2 Disk Drives RAID1 (1D+1D) 40 80 130 120 160
6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 40 80 130 120 160
RAID 6
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 40 80 130 120 160
5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 40 80 130 120 160
AMS2300 RAID 5
16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 40 80 130 120 160
AMS2100
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 40 80 130 120 160
RAID 1+0
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 40 80 130 120 160
Copy 2 Disk Drives RAID 1 (1D+1D) 40 80 130 120 160
back(*2) 6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 40 80 130 120 160
RAID 6
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 40 80 130 120 160
5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 40 80 130 120 160
RAID5
AMS2500 16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 40 80 130 120 160
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 40 80 130 120 160
RAID1+0
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 40 80 130 120 160
2 Disk Drives RAID1 (1D+1D) 40 80 130 120 160
*1 : The drive capacity values are calculated as 1 G byte =1,000,000,000 bytes. This definition is different from that
calculated as 1 k byte =1,024 bytes, which are actually displayed on PCs that you are using.
The RAID group capacity values displayed in the Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 are calculated as 1 k byte
=1,024 bytes.
*2 : This is a standard without the I/O operation from the host computer. It takes more time with the I/O operation
from the host computer.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0250-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Table 2.2.3 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back(‡1) (SATA Disk Drive)
Unit : min
Disk Drive (G byte)(*1)
491.25 737.49 983.69 1,968.52
Item
4 Disk Drives (2D+2P) 390 580 770 1540
6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 470 700 930 1860
10 Disk Drives (8D+2P) 600 890 1180 2360
RAID 6
14 Disk Drives (12D+2P) 810 1200 1590 3180
18 Disk Drives (16D+2P) 980 1450 1930 3860
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 1480 2190 2910 5820
3 Disk Drives (2D+1P) 380 560 750 1500
AMS2300 5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 450 670 890 1780
AMS2100 9 Disk Drives (8D+1P) 580 860 1140 2280
RAID 5
11 Disk Drives (10D+1P) 660 980 1300 2600
13 Disk Drives (12D+1P) 730 1080 1440 2880
16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 830 1230 1630 3260
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 440 650 870 1740
8 Disk Drives RAID 1+0 (4D+4D) 440 650 870 1740
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 440 650 870 1740
Correction 2 Disk Drives RAID 1 (1D+1D) 440 650 870 1740
copy(*2) 4 Disk Drives (2D+2P) 390 580 770 1540
6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 470 700 930 1860
10 Disk Drives (8D+2P) 600 890 1180 2360
RAID 6
14 Disk Drives (12D+2P) 810 1200 1590 3180
18 Disk Drives (16D+2P) 980 1450 1930 3860
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 1480 2190 2910 5820
3 Disk Drives (2D+1P) 380 560 750 1500
5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 450 670 890 1780
AMS2500
9 Disk Drives (8D+1P) 580 860 1140 2280
RAID5
11 Disk Drives (10D+1P) 660 980 1300 2600
13 Disk Drives (12D+1P) 730 1080 1440 2880
16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 830 1230 1630 3260
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 440 650 870 1740
8 Disk Drives RAID1+0 (4D+4D) 440 650 870 1740
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 440 650 870 1740
2 Disk Drives RAID1 (1D+1D) 440 650 870 1740
*1 : The drive capacity values are calculated as 1 G byte =1,000,000,000 bytes. This definition is different from that
calculated as 1 k byte =1,024 bytes, which are actually displayed on PCs that you are using.
The RAID group capacity values displayed in the Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 are calculated as 1 k byte
=1,024 bytes.
*2 : This is a standard without the I/O operation from the host computer. It takes more time with the I/O operation
from the host computer.

‡1 : It is the standard of the correction copy time when data of one Disk Drive was recovered.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0260-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Unit : min
Disk Drive (G byte)(*1)
491.25 737.49 983.69 1,968.52
Item
6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 440 650 870 1740
RAID 6
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 440 650 870 1740
5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 440 650 870 1740
AMS2300 RAID 5
16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 440 650 870 1740
AMS2100
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 440 650 870 1740
RAID 1+0
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 440 650 870 1740
Copy 2 Disk Drives RAID 1 (1D+1D) 440 650 870 1740
back(*2) 6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 440 650 870 1740
RAID 6
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 440 650 870 1740
5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 440 650 870 1740
RAID5
AMS2500 16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 440 650 870 1740
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 440 650 870 1740
RAID1+0
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 440 650 870 1740
2 Disk Drives RAID1 (1D+1D) 440 650 870 1740
*1 : The drive capacity values are calculated as 1 G byte =1,000,000,000 bytes. This definition is different from that
calculated as 1 k byte =1,024 bytes, which are actually displayed on PCs that you are using.
The RAID group capacity values displayed in the Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 are calculated as 1 k byte
=1,024 bytes.
*2 : This is a standard without the I/O operation from the host computer. It takes more time with the I/O operation
from the host computer.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0270-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Table 2.2.3.1 Standard Time Required for the Correction Copy or Copy Back(‡1) (Flash Drive)
Unit : min
Disk Drive (G byte)(*1)
195.82
Item
4 Disk Drives (2D+2P) 40
6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 60
10 Disk Drives (8D+2P) 100
RAID 6
14 Disk Drives (12D+2P) 140
18 Disk Drives (16D+2P) 160
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 260
3 Disk Drives (2D+1P) 40
AMS2300
5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 60
AMS2100
9 Disk Drives (8D+1P) 100
RAID 5
11 Disk Drives (10D+1P) 120
13 Disk Drives (12D+1P) 140
16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 160
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 80
RAID 1+0
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 80
Correction 2 Disk Drives RAID 1 (1D+1D) 80
copy(*2) 4 Disk Drives (2D+2P) 40
6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 60
10 Disk Drives (8D+2P) 100
RAID 6
14 Disk Drives (12D+2P) 140
18 Disk Drives (16D+2P) 160
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 260
3 Disk Drives (2D+1P) 40
AMS2500 5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 60
9 Disk Drives (8D+1P) 100
RAID5
11 Disk Drives (10D+1P) 120
13 Disk Drives (12D+1P) 140
16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 160
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 80
RAID1+0
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 80
2 Disk Drives RAID1 (1D+1D) 80
*1 : The drive capacity values are calculated as 1 G byte
=1,000,000,000 bytes. This definition is different from that
calculated as 1 k byte =1,024 bytes, which are actually displayed
on PCs that you are using.
The RAID group capacity values displayed in the Hitachi Storage
Navigator Modular 2 are calculated as 1 k byte =1,024 bytes.
*2 : This is a standard without the I/O operation from the host
computer. It takes more time with the I/O operation from the
host computer.

‡1 : It is the standard of the correction copy time when data of one Disk Drive was recovered.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0271-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Unit : min
Disk Drive (G byte)(*1)
195.82
Item
6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 80
RAID 6
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 80
5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 80
AMS2300 RAID 5
16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 80
AMS2100
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 80
RAID 1+0
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 80
Copy 2 Disk Drives RAID 1 (1D+1D) 80
back(*2) 6 Disk Drives (4D+2P) 80
RAID 6
30 Disk Drives (28D+2P) 80
5 Disk Drives (4D+1P) 80
RAID5
AMS2500 16 Disk Drives (15D+1P) 80
4 Disk Drives (2D+2D) 80
RAID1+0
16 Disk Drives (8D+8D) 80
2 Disk Drives RAID1 (1D+1D) 80
*1 : The drive capacity values are calculated as 1 G byte
=1,000,000,000 bytes. This definition is different from that
calculated as 1 k byte =1,024 bytes, which are actually displayed
on PCs that you are using.
The RAID group capacity values displayed in the Hitachi Storage
Navigator Modular 2 are calculated as 1 k byte =1,024 bytes.
*2 : This is a standard without the I/O operation from the host
computer. It takes more time with the I/O operation from the
host computer.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0272-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.2 Replacing Cache Backup Battery

The replacement of the Cache Backup Battery is work of a Basic Subsystem (RKM/RKS/RKH).
Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

NOTE : y Only one Cache Backup Battery is installed in the RKM/RKS in standard (the
Cache Backup Battery #0 side).
y In the case of the DF800-RK2, two batteries are installed as a standard.
y Two Cache Backup Batteries are installed in the RKH in standard (the Cache
Backup Battery #0 and #1 side).
y In the case of the DF800-RKH2 and the DF800-RKHE2, four batteries are
installed as a standard.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. When the power is turned off during the replacement, user data Refer to “(1) Procedure for
on (hot replacement) on the cache that has not been written on a disk is not backed up replacement with the power
(In the case of RKM/RKS/RKH) because the power is not supplied from the battery. turned on ” (REP 02-0290).
2. Complete the replacement within ten minutes. Otherwise, a
powering off may occur because of an abnormal temperature rise.
Perform the part replacement in haste.
3. When replacing two Cache Backup Battery at the same time
(replacing Cache Backup Battery for the RKS, replacing four Cache
Backup Battery at the same time for the RKH), the Cache is
changed to the Write-Through mode (*1) and the R/W performance is
somewhat deteriorated, so that replace them quickly.
Also, if the Cache Backup Battery) are all removed from the Basic
Chassis, the subsystem becomes the Warning status. However,
when the Cache Backup Battery are all recovered normally, the
Waning status of the subsystem is released.
4. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on the
front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the
automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. Make
the preventive replacement after the LED lights on.
5. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
2 Replacement with the power turned  Refer to “(2) Procedure for
off replacement with the power
turned off ” (REP 02-0320).
*1 : The Write-Through means the operation to write the write data to the Disk Drive and respond to the host
computer immediately after the subsystem received the write data from the host computer.
Therefore, the response time of the command to the host computer delays when the subsystem executes the
Write-Through. Refer to Introduction “3.3.1 Command Execution” (INTR 03-0080) for the conditions to execute
the Write-Through.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0280-05
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

CAUTION
y A closed type nickel-hydrogen battery can cause an electric shock or explosion
if it is handled wrongly. Observe the following requirements for handling.
y Do not disassemble or remake the battery.
y Do not deform the battery.
y Do not connect plus and minus poles with a metallic article such as a wire.
y Do not reverse the connections of plus and minus poles.
y Do not peel off the covering tube.
y Do not connect the battery directly to the outlet.
y Do not connect the battery to anything other than this subsystem for
charging/discharging.
y Do not leave the battery in a hot place. Store it in a dark and cool place.
y Do not discard a used battery at the site where it was removed for
replacement.

(1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(Refer to “Figure 2.2.4 Replacing Cache Backup Battery” (REP 02-0310).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Remove the Front Bezel. (Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or Attach/Remove Front
Bezel/Rear Door of the Subsystem” (INST 01-0100).)
(b) Open the lever toward you while pressing the button (blue) which fixes the lever of the
Cache Backup Battery.
When the lever is completely opened, the Cache Backup Battery comes out forward.
(c) Remove the Cache Backup Battery while holding the body of the Cache Backup Battery with
both hands.

NOTE : Since the depth of a Cache Backup Battery is as short as about 200 mm and it is
as heavy as about 2.0 kg, please pull out carefully.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0290-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(d) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert (‡1) a new Cache Backup Battery until its lever is
slightly opened, and then close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the
lever, click.
If the Cache Backup Battery is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible that the
Cache Backup Battery is not recovered from the failure normally(‡2).
(e) Charge the battery after the RDY LED (green) on the Cache Backup Battery blinks until it
changes to lighting. (Although the RDY LED (green) on the Cache Backup Battery blinks during
the charge, it changes to lighting when the charge is completed. It is about 24 hours at the
maximum.)
(f) Check that the RDY LED (green) on the Cache Backup Battery is on.
Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on and the ALARM LED
(red) and WARNING LED (orange) are off(‡3).
The READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the
maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH).
(g) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I00300 Battery recovered] or
[I0030x Battery recovered (Battery-x)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”
(WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Cache Backup Battery has completed.
(h) Attach the front bezel.
(i ) Dispose of recycling the battery in the removed Cache Backup Battery. For recycling, refer
to “Chapter 5. Recycling” (REP 05-0000).

‡1 : If the Cache Backup Battery is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion
of the spin-up of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed
for the RAID Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information
Message” on WEB), the Cache Backup Battery may not recover normally.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted Cache Backup Battery from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡2 : Remove the inserted Cache Backup Battery, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡3 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0300-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Cache Backup Battery #1

Button (blue)
Cache Backup Battery #0(*1)
Lever RDY LED
*1 : The Cache Backup Battery of the RKM/RKS is only one in standard, and it is installed on the left side of the
subsystem.
In the case of the DF800-RK2, two batteries are installed as a standard.

Figure 2.2.4 Replacing Cache Backup Battery (RKM/RKS)

Cache Backup Battery #3

Cache Backup Battery #2

Button (blue) Cache Backup Battery #1 (*1)

Cache Backup Battery #0 (*1)
Lever
RDY LED
*1 : The Cache Backup Battery of the RKH is two in standard, and it is installed on the #0 and #1 of the subsystem.
In the case of the DF800-RKH2 and the DF800-RKHE2, four batteries are installed as a standard.

Figure 2.2.5 Replacing Cache Backup Battery (RKH)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0310-05
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

Check the state of Device main switch at first.
y When main switch is on ·········· (2-1)
y When main switch is off ········· (2-2)

(2-1) When main switch is on

Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Turn off the main switch
(b) Check to see that PWR LED (green) on the Front Bezel turns off (POWER OFF).
If it does not go POWER OFF, connect the Maintenance PC to WEB (Refer to Troubleshooting
“Chapter 3. Before Starting WEB Connection” (TRBL 03-0000).), and analyze the cause of
failure.
(c) After turning off the main switch, check to see that C-PWR LED (green) on the Controller is
off.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.
If the power has already been turned off, check that Cache memory is not in
the back-up state. (To check for the back-up state, refer to “1.1.2 Checking
Cache Memory in the Back-up State” (REP 01-0040).)

(d) Remove the Front Bezel. (Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or Attach/Remove Front
Bezel/Rear Door of the Subsystem” (INST 01-0100))
(e) Open the lever toward you while pressing the button (blue) which fixes the lever of the
Cache Backup Battery.
When the lever is completely opened, the Cache Backup Battery comes out forward.
(f) Remove the Cache Backup Battery while holding the body of the Cache Backup Battery with
both hands.

NOTE : Since the depth of a Cache Backup Battery is as short as about 200 mm and it is
as heavy as about 2.0 kg, please pull out carefully.

(g) Insert a new Cache Backup Battery until its lever is slightly opened, and then close it
completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
(h) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
(i) Charge the battery after the RDY LED (green) on the Cache Backup Battery blinks until it
changes to lighting. (Although the RDY LED (green) on the Cache Backup Battery blinks during
the charge, it changes to lighting when the charge is completed. It is about 24 hours at the
maximum.)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0320-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(j) Check that the RDY LED (green) on the Cache Backup Battery is on.
(k) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(l) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(m) Attach the Front Bezel.
(n) Recycle the removed battery. For the recycling procedure, refer to “Chapter 5. Recycling”
(REP 05-0000).

‡1 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0330-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2-2) When main switch is off

(a) Check that Cache memory is not in the back-up state. (To check for the back-up state, refer
to “1.1.2 Checking Cache Memory in the Back-up State” (REP 01-0040).)
If the memory is still being backed up, first release it from the back-up state, and then
replace the Control Unit.
(b) Remove the Front Bezel. (Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Door of the Subsystem” (INST 01-0100).)
(c) Open the lever toward you while pressing the button (blue) which fixes the lever of the
Cache Backup Battery.
When the lever is completely opened, the Cache Backup Battery comes out forward.
(d) Remove the Cache Backup Battery while holding the body of the Cache Backup Battery with
both hands.

NOTE : Since the depth of a Cache Backup Battery is as short as about 200 mm and it is
as heavy as about 2.0 kg, please pull out carefully.

(e) Insert a new Cache Backup Battery until its lever is slightly opened, and then close it
completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
(f) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
(g) Charge the battery after the RDY LED (green) on the Cache Backup Battery blinks until it
changes to lighting. (Although the RDY LED (green) on the Cache Backup Battery blinks during
the charge, it changes to lighting when the charge is completed. It is about 24 hours at the
maximum.)
(h) Check that the RDY LED (green) on the Cache Backup Battery is on.
(i ) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(j) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(k ) Attach the Front Bezel.
(l) Recycle the removed battery. For the recycling procedure, refer to “Chapter 5. Recycling”
(REP 05-0000).

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0340-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.3 Replacing FAN Unit

The replacement of the FAN Unit is work of the RKH.

CAUTION
Since each fan is rotating with high-speed, be careful not to be caught by it.

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

CAUTION
y The replacement of the component is restricted in time. This operation requires
referring to the manual. If the subsystem is left with this component removed
for more than 10 minutes, it will stop by detecting the thermal alarm.
y When the ALM LED on the Control Unit is on while the ALM LED of the FAN Unit
is on, be sure to solve the trouble of the Control Unit first.
y When replacing the FAN Unit, do it in haste after preparing a replacement FAN
Unit and arranging cables, etc. so that they do not disturb the replacement.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Complete the replacement within ten minutes and restart the fans See “(1) Procedure for
on (hot replacement) of the FAN Unit to rotate. Otherwise, a powering off may occur replacement with the power
because of an abnormal temperature rise. Perform the part turned on” (REP 02-0360)
replacement in haste.
2. Be sure to replace the Power Unit first when the Power Unit and
the FAN Unit fail at the same time.
3. Replace them with the power turned off in case of failures of two
fans.
4. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
5. The array subsystem becomes a planned shutdown and the
power supply is turned off, so that, work so not to pull out two
FAN Units.
6. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
To be continued to the next page.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0350-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the See “(2) Procedure for
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on replacement with the power
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because turned off” (REP 02-0380)
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

(1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(In the case of the RKH, refer to “Figure 2.2.6 Replacing FAN Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0370).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Make sure that the ALM LED (red) on the FAN Unit is on.
(b) Open the lever toward you while pressing the button (blue) which fixes the lever of the FAN
Unit.
When the lever is completely opened, the FAN Unit comes out forward.
(c) Remove the FAN Unit while holding the body of the FAN Unit with both hands.
(d) Open the lever of the new FAN Unit toward you.
(e) After waiting for longer than 20 seconds, and then insert the new FAN Unit until its lever is
slightly closed, and then close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the
lever, click (‡1).
If the FAN Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible that the FAN Unit is
not recovered from the failure normally (‡2).

NOTE : Do not catch a ENC cable, when the FAN Unit for the inserted.

‡1 : If the Fan Unit is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of the spin-up
of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for the RAID
Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information Message” on
WEB), the FAN Unit may not recover normally.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted FAN Unit from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡2 : Remove the inserted FAN Unit, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0360-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(f) Check that the status of the ALM LED (red) on the FAN Unit changes from on to off.
(g) Check if the fans of the mounted FAN Unit are rotating.
(h) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) on the front of
the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60
minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(i) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I00500 FAN recovered] is
indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”(WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of FAN Unit has completed.

FAN Unit #1

Button (blue)
FAN Unit #0
Lever

Figure 2.2.6 Replacing FAN Unit (RKH)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0370-01
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

NOTE : If the power has already been turned off, check that Cache memory is not in
the back-up state. (To check for the back-up state, refer to “1.1.2 Checking
Cache Memory in the Back-up State” (REP 01-0040).)
If the memory is still being backed up, first release it from the back-up state,
and then replace the Control Unit.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(b) Open the lever toward you while pressing the button (blue) which fixes the lever of the FAN
Unit.
When the lever is completely opened, the FAN Unit comes out forward.
(c) Remove the FAN Unit while holding the body of the FAN Unit with both hands.
(d) Open the lever of the new FAN Unit toward you.
(e) Insert the new FAN Unit until its lever is slightly closed, and then close it completely until
you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click

NOTE : Do not catch a ENC cable, when the FAN Unit for the inserted.

(f) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
Check that the status of the ALM LED (red) changes from on to off.
(g) Check if the fans of the mounted FAN Unit are rotating.
(h) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at high
speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or the
WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes) before

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0380-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(i) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0381-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0382-12
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.4 Replacing Power Unit

The Power Units differ respectively in each subsystem.
Be careful not to make mistakes on the part type names.

(1) Replacing the Power Unit of the RKM/RKS/RKH/RKAK

CAUTION
y The replacement of the component is restricted in time. This operation requires
referring to the manual. If the subsystem is left with this component removed for
more than 10 minutes, it will stop by detecting the thermal alarm.
y When a trouble of the Power Unit is detected due to a trouble of the FAN Unit,
the Power Unit does not need to be replaced.
When a trouble of the Power Unit is detected during replacement of the FAN
Unit, pull out and then insert the Power Unit.
y When replacing the Power Unit, do it in haste after preparing a replacement
Power Unit and arranging cables, etc. so that they do not disturb the
replacement.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Complete the replacement within ten minutes. Refer to “(1-1) Procedure
on (hot replacement) 2. When the Power Unit and another module fail at the same time, for replacement with the
replace the Power Unit first. Otherwise, a powering off power turned on (Be sure to
(subsystem down) may occur because of an abnormal perform the following
temperature rise. operations (a) to (j) within 10
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the minutes.)” (REP 02-0391)
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
4. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
When both of the two power supplies are required to be replaced, be Refer to “(1-1) Procedure
sure to replace each one of them at a time, or replace them while the for replacement with the
power is turned off. power turned on (Be sure to
perform the following
operations (a) to (j) within 10
minutes.)” (REP 02-0391)
To be continued to the next page.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0390-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Refer to “(1-2) Procedure
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on for replacement with the
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because power turned off” (REP 02-
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. 0401)
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

(1-1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(Be sure to perform the following operations (a) to (h) within 10 minutes.) (Refer to “Figure
2.2.7 Replacing Power Unit of the RKM/RKS/RKH/RKAK” (REP 02-0400).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Check that ALM LED (red) of the Power Unit to be replaced is on.
Check that RDY LED (green) of the Power Unit not to be replaced is on.

NOTE : When the ALM LEDs (red) of Power Unit of the both systems are on, replace the
Power Unit in the state in which the power is turned off.

(b) Disconnect the power cables connected to the Power Unit to be replaced.
(c) Open the levers toward you while pressing the buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the
Power Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Power Unit comes out forward.

NOTE : y The levers of the Power Unit of the RKH/RKAK are at right and left.
Operate a right and left lever at the same time.
y The levers cannot be operated with the power cables done to the Power Unit in.

(d) Pull out and remove it while holding the body of the Power Unit with both hands.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0391-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(e) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert (‡1) a Power Unit until its lever is slightly opened,
and then close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
If you insert the Power Unit without waiting for more than 20 seconds, Power Unit may not
be recovered (‡2).

NOTE : y Install the same Power Units of RKM/RKS in the right and left of the
subsystem making them face reverse direction.
Do not make a mistake in the installation direction.
y Do not catch an ENC cable, when the Power Unit for the inserted.

(f) Connect the removed power cables.

Check that the RDY LED (green) of the Power Unit is on.
(g) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡3). The READY LED (green) on the front of
the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60
minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(h) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I006z0 PS recovered] is
indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”(WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Power Unit has completed.

‡1 : If the Power Unit is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of the spin-
up of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for the RAID
Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information Message” on
WEB), the Power Unit may not recover normally.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted Power Unit from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡2 : Remove the inserted Power Unit, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡3 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0392-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

ALM LED RDY LED

Power Unit #0

Button (blue) Lever

Power Unit #1
(a) RKM/RKS

ALM LED RDY LED

Lever

Power Unit #1
Power Unit #0
Button (blue)
(b) RKH

ALM LED RDY LED

Lever

Button (blue) Power Unit #1

Power Unit #0
(c) RKAK

Figure 2.2.7 Replacing Power Unit of the RKM/RKS/RKH/RKAK

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0400-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1-2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

(Refer to “Figure 2.2.7 Replacing Power Unit of the RKM/RKS/RKH/RKAK” (REP 02-0400).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-
0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off the
power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the WEB.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(b) Remove all the cables connected to the Power Unit to be replaced.
(c) Open the levers toward you while pressing the buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the
Power Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Power Unit comes out forward.

NOTE : The levers of the Power Unit of the RKH/RKAK are at right and left.
Operate a right and left lever at the same time.

(d) Pull out and remove it while holding the body of the Power Unit with both hands.
(e) Insert a Power Unit until its lever is slightly opened, and then close it completely until you
hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.

(f) Connect the all cables as they were before.

(g) Turn on the main switch.
Check that the RDY LEDs (green) of the both Power Units are on (the subsystem usually
recovers in about five minutes).

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0401-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(h) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(i ) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(j ) When the remote adapter is connected, check that the LED of the Remote Adapter connected
is on.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0402-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Replacing the Power Unit of the RKHED/RKAKD

The Power Unit of the RKHED/RKAKD is a Power Unit (DC).

CAUTION
y The replacement of the component is restricted in time. This operation requires
referring to the manual. If the subsystem is left with this component removed for
more than 10 minutes, it will stop by detecting the thermal alarm.
y When a trouble of the Power Unit is detected due to a trouble of the FAN Unit,
the Power Unit does not need to be replaced.
When a trouble of the Power Unit is detected during replacement of the FAN
Unit, pull out and then insert the Power Unit.
y When replacing the Power Unit, do it in haste after preparing a replacement
Power Unit and arranging cables, etc. so that they do not disturb the
replacement.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Complete the replacement within ten minutes. Refer to “(2-1) Procedure
on (hot replacement) 2. When the Power Unit and another module fail at the same time, for replacement with the
replace the Power Unit first. Otherwise, a powering off power turned on (Be sure to
(subsystem down) may occur because of an abnormal perform the following
temperature rise. operations (a) to (j) within 10
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the minutes.)” (REP 02-0411)
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
4. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
When both of the two power supplies are required to be replaced, be Refer to “(2-1) Procedure
sure to replace each one of them at a time, or replace them while the for replacement with the
power is turned off. power turned on (Be sure to
perform the following
operations (a) to (j) within 10
minutes.)” (REP 02-0411)
To be continued to the next page.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0410-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Refer to “(2-2) Procedure
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on for replacement with the
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because power turned off” (REP 02-
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. 0420)
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

(2-1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(Be sure to perform the following operations (a) to (h) within 10 minutes.) (Refer to “Figure
2.2.7.1 Replacing Power Unit of the RKHED/RKAKD” (REP 02-0414).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Check that ALM LED (red) of the Power Unit to be replaced is on.
Check that RDY LED (green) of the Power Unit not to be replaced is on.

NOTE : When the ALM LEDs (red) of Power Unit of the both systems are on, replace the
Power Unit in the state in which the power is turned off.

(b) Turn off the Power Unit Switches on the Power Unit to be replaced.

CAUTION
Here exists a hazard that can cause an electric shock. Start the work after making
sure that the breaker in the power distribution box has been turned off.

(c) Ask the customer to turn off the input power connected to the Power Unit to be replaced.
(d) Measure the terminal with a tester, and verify that the power is not supplied (0 V).
(e) Record the relation of terminals and cable connection (The location of FG and positive and
negative terminals, and the color of cables).
(f) After waiting for one minute or longer, remove the terminal block cover of the Power Unit to
be replaced.
(g) Remove the cable connected to the plus and minus power input terminals on the terminal
block.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0411-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(h) Remove the FG cable from the frame ground (FG).

(i) Open the levers toward you pressing the right and left buttons (blue) which fixes the levers of
the Power Unit. When the levers are completely opened, the Power Unit comes out forward.

NOTE : Operate the right and left levers at the same time.

(j) Pull out and remove it while holding the body of the Power Unit with both hands.
(k) Check that the Power Unit Switches (breaker) on the new Power Unit is turned off.
(l) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert (‡1) a Power Unit until its lever is slightly opened,
and then close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
If you insert the Power Unit without waiting for more than 20 seconds, Power Unit may not
be recovered (‡2).

NOTE : Do not catch an ENC cable, when inserting the Power Unit.

(m) Remove the cover of the terminal block.

CAUTION
y This subsystem shall be connected directly to the d.c. supply system earthing
electrode conductor or to a bonding jumper from an earthing terminal bar or bus
to which the d.c. supply system earthing electrode conductor is connected.
y This subsystem shall be located in the same immediate area (such as, adjacent
cabinets) as any other subsystem that has a connection between the earthed
conductor of the same d.c. supply circuit and the earthing conductor, and also
the point of earthing of the d.c. system. The d.c. system shall not be earthed
elsewhere.
y The d.c. supply source is to be located within the same premises as this
subsystem.
y Switching or disconnecting devices shall not be in the earthed circuit conductor
between the d.c. source and the point of the connection of the earthing electrode
conductor.

(n) Connect the FG cable to the frame ground (FG).

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0412-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(r) Turn on the Power Unit Switches (breaker) of the installed Power Unit.
Check that the READY LED (green) of the Power Unit is on.
(s) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡3). The READY LED (green) on the front of
the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60
minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(t) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I006z0 PS recovered] is
indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”(WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Power Unit has completed.

‡3 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0413-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Cable (+)
Cable (-)
FG cable

Screws
Frame Ground (FG)
Terminal block cover

DC power input switch Lever

ALM LED RDY LED
Power Unit #1
RKHED
Power Unit #0
Button (blue)
(a) RKHED

Power Unit #0
Lever

Power Unit #1 RKAKD

FG cable Frame Ground (FG)

Button (blue)

DC power input switch ALM LED RDY LED

Screws

Cable (+)
Terminal block cover Cable (-)

(b) RKAKD

Figure 2.2.7.1 Replacing Power Unit of the RKHED/RKAKD

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0414-11
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2-2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

(Refer to “Figure 2.2.7.1 Replacing Power Unit of the RKHED/RKAKD” (REP 02-0414).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-
0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel goes off. If you cannot turn off
the power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the WEB.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(b) Turn off the Power Unit Switches of all two Power Units.

CAUTION
Here exists a hazard that can cause an electric shock. Start the work after making
sure that the breaker in the power distribution box has been turned off.

(c) Ask to turn off the input power connected to the Power Unit to be replaced.
(d) Measure the terminal with a tester, and verify that the power is not supplied (0 V).
(e) Record the relation of terminals and cable connection (The location of FG and positive and
negative terminals, and the color of cables).
(f) After waiting for one minute or longer, remove the terminal block cover of the Power Unit to
be replaced.
(g) Remove the cable connected to the plus and minus power input terminals on the terminal
block.
(h) Remove the FG cable from the frame ground (FG).
(i) Open the levers toward you pressing the right and left buttons (blue) which fixes the levers of
the Power Unit. When the levers are completely opened, the Power Unit comes out forward.

NOTE : Operate the right and left levers at the same time.

(j) Pull out and remove it while holding the body of the Power Unit with both hands.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0420-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(k) Check that the Power Unit Switches (breaker) on the new Power Unit is turned off.
(l) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert (‡1) a Power Unit until its lever is slightly opened,
and then close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
If you insert the Power Unit without waiting for more than 20 seconds, Power Unit may not
be recovered (‡2).
NOTE : Do not catch an ENC cable, when inserting the Power Unit.

(m) Remove the cover of the terminal block.

(n) Connect the FG cable to the frame ground (FG).

(o) Connect the cable to the plus and minus power input terminals on the terminal block.
When doing this, take care not to confuse the plus and minus terminals.
(p) Reinstall the cover of the terminal block.
(q) Ask the customer to turn on the input power.
(r) Turn on the Power Unit Switches (breaker) of all two Power Units.
(s) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
Check that the READY LED (green) of all two Power Units lights up.
(t) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) on the front of
the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60
minutes in case of the RKHED) before it lights up.
(u) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0421-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(3) Replacing the Power Unit of the RKAKX

CAUTION
y The replacement of the component is restricted in time. This operation requires
referring to the manual. If the subsystem is left with this component removed for
more than 10 minutes, it will stop by detecting the thermal alarm.
y When a trouble of the Power Unit is detected due to a trouble of the FAN Unit,
the Power Unit does not need to be replaced.
When a trouble of the Power Unit is detected during replacement of the FAN
Unit, pull out and then insert the Power Unit.
y When replacing the Power Unit, do it in haste after preparing a replacement
Power Unit and arranging cables, etc. so that they do not disturb the
replacement.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Complete the replacement within ten minutes(*1). Refer to “(3-1) Procedure
on (hot replacement) 2. When the Power Unit and another module fail at the same time, for replacement with the
replace the Power Unit first. Otherwise, a powering off power turned on (Be sure to
(subsystem down) may occur because of an abnormal perform the following
temperature rise. operations (a) to (j) within 10
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the minutes.)” (REP 02-0423)
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
4. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
When both of the two power supplies are required to be replaced, be Refer to “(3-1) Procedure
sure to replace each one of them at a time, or replace them while the for replacement with the
power is turned off. power turned on (Be sure to
perform the following
operations (a) to (j) within 10
minutes.)” (REP 02-0423)
*1 : It's the time it takes to replace part itself.
This time doesn't include the time needed to perform the operation other than replacement.
To be continued to the next page.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0422-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Refer to “(3-2) Procedure
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on for replacement with the
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because power turned off” (REP 02-
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. 0440)
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

(3-1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(Be sure to perform the following operations (f) to (l) within 10 minutes.) (Refer to “Figure
2.2.7.2 Replacing Power Unit of the RKAKX” (REP 02-0430).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Remove the stopper on the rear side of the subsystem (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (6)
Attaching the stopper” (INST 02-1280)).
(b) Open the cable routing bar toward you.
(c) Check that ALM LED (red) of the Power Unit to be replaced is on.
Check that RDY LED (green) of the Power Unit not to be replaced is on.

NOTE : When the ALM LEDs (red) of Power Unit of the both systems are on, replace the
Power Unit in the state in which the power is turned off.

(d) If the cable tray is attached, remove it (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (5) Attaching the cable
tray” (INST 02-1280)).
(e) Remove the repeat binder which fixes the power cables and ENC cables in the middle (Refer
to Installation “2.5.8 (4) Fixing the cables in the middle” (INST 02-1270)).
(f) Remove the cable routing bar because it disturbs the operation if the Power Unit #B0 or
Power Unit #A1 is replaced (Refer to Installation “2.5.4 (2) Fixing the cable routing bars”
(INST 02-1020)).
y When replacing the Power Unit #B0: the cable routing bar #0
y When replacing the Power Unit #A1: the cable routing bar #1
(g) Disconnect the power cable connected to the Power Unit to be replaced.
(h) Open the lever toward you while pressing the button (blue) which fixes the lever of the
Power Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Power Unit comes out forward.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0423-10a
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

NOTE : The levers cannot be operated with the power cables done to the Power Unit in.

(i) Pull out and remove it while holding the body of the Power Unit with both hands.
(j) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert (‡1) a Power Unit until its lever is slightly opened,
and then close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
If you insert the Power Unit without waiting for more than 20 seconds, Power Unit may not
be recovered (‡2).

NOTE : Do not catch an ENC cable, when the Power Unit for the inserted.

(k) Connect the removed power cables.

Check that the RDY LED (green) of the Power Unit is on.
(l) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡3). The READY LED (green) on the front of
the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60
minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(m) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I006z0 PS recovered] is
indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”(WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Power Unit has completed.
(n) If the Power Unit #B0 or Power Unit #A1 was replaced, install the cable routing bar (Refer to
Installation “2.5.4 (2) Fixing the cable routing bars” (INST 02-1020)).
(o) Return the power cables and ENC cables to the original state, and fix them with the repeat
binder in the middle. (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (4) Fixing the cables in the middle” (INST
02-1270)).

NOTE : Bundle and fix the cables so that they do not hang down below the subsystem.

(p) If the cable tray is removed, attach it (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (5) Attaching the cable
tray” (INST 02-1280)).
(q) Close the cable routing bar.
(r) Attach the stopper on the rear side of the subsystem (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (6)
Attaching the stopper” (INST 02-1280)).

NOTE : Check that the cables of other subsystem are not being caught.

(s) Pull out the subsystem and check that the routing is performed correctly (refer to
Installation “2.5.8 (7) Checking Routing’” (INST 02-1290)).

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0424-10a
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Cable routing bar #1

Cable routing bar #0

Stopper

Cable tray (*1)

*1 : The cable tray is attached to the rack rail for Rev.B.

Figure 2.2.7.2 Locations of the Cable Routing Bar, the Stopper, and the Cable Tray

ALM LED RDY LED

RKAKX
Power Unit #B1
Power Unit #A0
Power Unit #A1

Power Unit #B0

Lever
Button (blue)

Figure 2.2.7.3 Replacing Power Unit of the RKAKX

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0430-10a
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(3-2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

(Refer to “Figure 2.2.7.3 Replacing Power Unit of the RKAKX” (REP 02-0430).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel goes off. If you cannot turn off
the power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the WEB.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

NOTE : The levers cannot be operated with the power cables done to the Power Unit in.

(i) Pull out and remove it while holding the body of the Power Unit with both hands.
(j) Insert a new Power Unit until its lever is slightly opened, and then close it completely until
you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0440-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

NOTE : Do not catch an ENC cable, when the Power Unit for the inserted.

(k) Connect the removed power cables.

(l) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
Check that the READY LED (green) of both Power Units lights up.
(m) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) on the front of
the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60
minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(n) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic
download are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start
message and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6
(4) Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-
0890)”).
(o) When the remote adapter is connected, check that the LED of the Remote Adapter
connected is on.
(p) If the Power Unit #B0 or Power Unit #A1 was replaced, install the cable routing bar (Refer to
Installation “2.5.4 (2) Fixing the cable routing bars” (INST 02-1020)).
(q) Return the power cables and ENC cables to the original state, and fix them with the repeat
binder in the middle Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (4) Fixing the cables in the middle” (INST 02-
1270)).

NOTE : Bundle and fix the cables so that they do not hang down below the subsystem.

(r) If the cable tray is removed, attach it (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (5) Attaching the cable
tray” (INST 02-1280)).
(s) Close the cable routing bar.
(t) Attach the stopper on the rear side of the subsystem (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (6)
Attaching the stopper” (INST 02-1280)).

NOTE : Check that the cables of other subsystem are not being caught.

(u) Pull out the subsystem and check that the routing is performed correctly (refer to
Installation “2.5.8 (7) Checking Routing’” (INST 02-1290)).

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0441-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0442-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.5 Replacing Control Unit

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

A failure may be caused by the electric shock since the Control Unit is precision instrument.
Be sure to put on the wrist strap before starting work in order to protect Control Unit from
electrostatic discharge.

NOTE : Before unpacking and replacing maintenance components, be sure to wear a

wrist strap and connect to ground the grounding clip in the opposite end of the
wrist strap to the chassis frame (metal part).
When you insert a Control Unit into the subsystem, support the Control Unit as
touching its metal part with fingers of your hand that wears a wrist strap.

Control Unit

The clip side of wrist strap:

Connect this to the metal part on
the frame of subsystem (rear face)

Support the part by touching its

metal part (metal plate) with A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this before
your fingers starting maintenance.)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0450-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

[Notes for the case where NAS Unit (DKN-200-NGW1) is connected to this device]
Prior to this operation, if all of the following three cases apply to this device, execute
[Correspondence when connecting the NAS Unit].

[Points to be checked in advance]

y NAS Unit is connected to this device.
Confirm with the disk array device administrator.
y NAS Unit is in operation.
Confirm with the NAS Unit administrator.
y A failure has not occurred on the NAS Unit.
Ask the NAS Unit administrator to check whether failure has occurred or not by checking with
the NAS administration software, NAS Manager GUI, List of RAS Information, etc.
In case of failure, execute the maintenance operation together with the NAS maintenance
personnel.

[Correspondence when connecting the NAS Unit]

Confirm with the NAS Unit administrator whether it is possible to terminate the NAS service.
Determine how to react according to the confirmation result.
y When the NAS service can be terminated
Before starting this operation, ask the NAS Unit administrator for the planned shutdown of
the NAS Unit.
After completing this operation, ask the NAS Unit administrator to reboot the NAS Unit.
y When the NAS service cannot be terminated
When this operation executed for the Control Unit connected by the NAS Unit is completed,
the FC path (Fibre Channel path) of the NAS Unit might go into the Failure status.
Contact the NAS Unit administrator, refer to “Recovering from FC path errors” of “Hitachi
NAS Manager User’s Guide”, confirm the FC path status and, if the status is Failure, ask for
the recovery of the FC path.
In addition, if there are any personnel for the NAS Unit maintenance, ask the NAS Unit
maintenance personnel to refer to “NAS IMS 2.9.8 Displaying LU Path Setting Screen” (NAS IMS
02-0490) in “DKN-200-NGW1 NAS Unit Maintenance Manual”, and ask to check the status of
the FC path and to recover the FC path if it is in a failure status after completing this
operation for one of the Control Unit connected by the NAS Unit.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0451-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0452-09
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section
1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Complete the replacement within ten minutes. Otherwise, a powering When the ALM LED is
on (hot replacement) off may occur because of an abnormal temperature rise. Perform the on
part replacement in haste. y In the case of the
RKM/RKS : See
2. The procedure varies depending on whether the ALM LED (red) or
“(1-1) When the
RST LED is on or off. ALM LED or RST
3. Replace the Control Unit after blocking the Control Unit to be replaced. LED of the
4. When replacing Control Unit of both systems (CTL 0 and CTL 1), RKM/RKS/RKH is
power off the subsystem before the replacement. on” (REP 02-0470).
5. In the case of the single Controller configuration, perform the When the ALM LED is
replacement after turning off the power. off (Preventive
replacement)
6. In the case of Preventive replacement, there may be an error report in
y In the case of the
the host computer depending on the operating conditions of the host RKM/RKS : See
computer. The prior contact to the customer is required. “(1-2) When the
7. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the ALM LED or RST
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on the LED of the
front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the RKM/RKS/RKH is
automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. Make off”” (REP 02-
0540).
the replacement after the LED lights on.
8. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the
update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
9. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the drive firmware replacement is
being executed.
Work after the drive firmware replacement ends.
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the “(2) Procedure for
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on the replacement with the
power turned off” (REP
front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the
02-0580).
automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. Make
the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the
update of the flash program or the automatic download of the ENC
firmware at the time of turning the power on in the single controller
configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes out at
the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY LED (green)
lights up.
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the drive firmware replacement is
being executed.
Work after the drive firmware replacement ends.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0460-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

3 Replacement to be made with the 1. Make the replacement after getting a permission of the Technical “(3) Procedure for
power turned off (with the cache Support Center because user data in the cache will be lost. replacement with the
memory data volatilized forcibly) 2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the power turned off (with
the cache memory
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on the
data volatilized
front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the forcibly)” (REP 02-
automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. Make 0610).
the replacement after the LED lights on.
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the
update of the flash program or the automatic download of the ENC
firmware at the time of turning the power on in the single controller
configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes out at the
maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY LED (green) lights up.
4. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the drive firmware replacement is
being executed.
Work after the drive firmware replacement ends.

(1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on (for the case of the dual Controller
configuration only)
(1-1) When the ALM LED or RST LED of the RKM/RKS/RKH is on
(Refer to “Figure 2.2.8 Control Unit Replacement (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0510), “Figure 2.2.9
Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0520), “Figure 2.2.10 Control
Unit Replacement and LED Locations (RKH)” (REP 02-0530) and “Figure 2.2.11 Position of
the LED on the Control Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0530).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error occurred.
Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
NOTE : y Do not replace the Control Unit which operates normally.
Before replacing the Control Unit, confirm that it is the ALM LED (red) or RST
LED (orange) in on.
y When replacing the Control Unit while the subsystem power is turned on, be
sure to replace them one by one. When replacing the Control Unit of the
both systems (Control Unit#0 and Control Unit#1) at the same time, follow the
procedure explained in “(2) Procedure for replacement with the power
turned off” (REP 02-0580).
y System parameters are automatically loaded to the new Control Unit from the
built in Disk Drive. Accordingly no setting, such as operating manually is required.
y When the Control Unit is replaced while the LU of the subsystem is being
formatted, restoration of the Control Unit which is inserted may be delayed
until the LU formatting is completed.
y Replace the Control Unit after recovering the UPS when the special UPS is
connected and a failure occurs in the UPS.
Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.
REP 02-0470-05
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(a) Make sure that the ALM LED (red) or RST LED (orange) on the Control Unit to be replaced is on.
(b) Connect OUT (J100-J10x) of the remote adaptor in the final steps and the connector (REMOTE
ADAPTER) of the Control Unit are connected with the remote cable (VRCx) when the remote
adaptor is connected. Check that the LED of the connected remote adaptor lights on when
the remote cable has already been connected. Next, remove the remote cable connected to
the Control Unit to be replaced is installed.
(c) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the Control Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Control Unit comes out forward.
(d) Remove the all cables connected to the Control Unit. (When the Additional Chassis of Rack
Mount Style is connected, disconnect the ENC cable also.)

NOTE : y When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.
y When removing the Fibre Channel Interface cables, pull out the Fibre Channel
interface cables completely from the host connectors.
If the Fibre Channel Interface cables are inserted half in the host connectors,
the Control Unit continues to detect the Fibre Channel failures, and the I/O
processing of the Control Unit may be deteriorated.
y Remove the cable for the Additional Battery Box by inserting the connector
into the Control Unit side completely and pressing the latch of the connector.

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(e) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(f) Connect the removed interlocking cable to the new Control Unit when the special UPS is
connected.
(g) If the RKAK/RKAKX is connected, connect the removed ENC cable to the new Control Unit.
(h) If the Additional Battery Box was connected, connect the removed special cable to the new
Control Unit.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0480-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(i) Make sure that 20 seconds or longer has elapsed after the Control Unit was taken out.
Insert it in the set position in the status where the right and left levers on the Control Unit
are opened, and close the levers completely until you hear the buttons (blue), which fix the
levers, click.
Although the ALM LED (red) lights up(‡1) when you insert the Control Unit, it goes out after the
Control Unit recovers.
If the Control Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible that the Control
Unit is not recovered from the failure normally.
When it is not recovered even if 30 minutes or more elapsed, perform the dummy
replacement(‡2) of the Control Unit which was inserted.
When the Control Unit is not recovered (30 minutes or more elapsed) even if “I1G300 CTL
recovery start” is displayed in the Information Message of WEB after the dummy
replacement, perform the dummy replacement of the Control Unit which was inserted, again.
When it is not recovered after another 30 minutes, service personnel connects it to the WEB
and takes recovery actions according to “Information Message” on WEB. (There may be a
problem on the Control Unit or the cache memories installed.)
But, when any messages are displayed on WEB about the Control Unit or the cache memories
installed, then service personnel connects the other Control Unit to the WEB and takes
recovery actions according to “Information Message” in the other Control Unit.

NOTE : y Do not catch a ENC cable, when the Control Unit for the inserted.
y In the case of the RKM/RKS, the installation direction is different in the
Control Unit # 0 and # 1. Install the Control Unit #0 with the cover up and #1
with the cover down.
y When pushing the levers at the same time in the direction shown by the
arrows (←), perform this operation within one minute. If it has taken
more than one minute to perform the operation, it may not be recovered. In
this case, execute the replacement procedure again. Nevertheless, if it is
not recovered, perform the Control Unit replacement since the failure may be
caused in the Control Unit.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0490-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(j) Make sure that the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes out(‡1).
(The Control Unit usually recovers in about three minutes, but if the I/O load from the host
computer is high, it may take about 30 minutes to recover.)
(k) Connect the removed all cables to the Control Unit.

NOTE : y When connecting the Fibre Channel interface cables, insert the Fibre Channel
interface cables until they are fixed to the host connectors.
If the Fibre Channel Interface cables are inserted half in the host connectors,
the Control Unit continues to detect the Fibre Channel failures, and the I/O
processing of the Control Unit may be deteriorated.
y In the case of the RKM/RKS, the installed direction is different in the Control
Unit #0 and #1, so that be careful of the connecting position of the cables.

(l) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on. The READY LED
(green) on the front of the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to
50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(m) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I0010x CTL recovered (CTL-x)] is
indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”(WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Control Unit has completed.
Check that “I5390x The CTL type different from the other CTL was detected” is not displayed
before “I10000 Subsystem is ready” referring to the Information Message on WEB when the
Basic Chassis is the RKH.
(n) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(o) Check that the LED of the remote adaptor connected to the Control Unit is installed lights on
when the remote adaptor is connected.
(p) Check that the maintenance port IP address is set correctly.
When the maintenance port IP address is displayed as “0.0.0.0”, set it. (Refer to System
Parameter “4.2 (4) Setting of Maintenance LAN” (SYSPR 04-0160).)
(q) Check the date and time of the subsystem. If they are not correct, set them.
(Refer to Troubleshooting “2.2 Confirming and Setting RTC (Real Time Clock)” (TRBL 02-
0010).)

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0500-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Control Unit #0

Control Unit #1

Lever

Button (blue) Lever

*1 : The figure shows the case where the FC Interface Board is not installed in the Control Unit of the RKM/RKS.
Figure 2.2.8 Control Unit Replacement (RKM/RKS)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0510-02
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Control Unit (front side) Control Unit (front side)

(RKM) RST SW (RKEM) RST SW
REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) RST (orange) LOC (orange) RST (orange) LOC (orange)
UPS (*1) C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red) UPS C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red)

Control Unit #1

Control Unit #0

C-PWR LED (green) UPS UPS

(*1)
ALM (red) ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green)
LOC (orange) RST (orange) REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) LOC (orange) RST (orange)
RST SW RST SW

Control Unit (front side) Control Unit (front side)

(RKS) (RKES) RST SW
RST SW
REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) RST (orange) LOC (orange) RST (orange) LOC (orange)
UPS (*1) C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red) UPS C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red)

Control Unit #1

Control Unit #0

C-PWR LED (green) UPS UPS

(*1)
ALM (red) ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green)
LOC (orange) RST (orange) REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) LOC (orange) RST (orange)
RST SW RST SW

Control Unit (front side)

(RKES) RST SW
RST (orange) LOC (orange)
UPS C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red)

Control Unit #1

Control Unit #0

ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green) UPS

LOC (orange) RST (orange)
RST SW
*1 : The position of the connector is different depending on the Control Unit.
Confirm the connector.

Figure 2.2.9 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKEM/RKSRKES/RKEXS)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0520-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Control Unit #0

Control Unit #1
Lever

Button (blue)
Lever

Figure 2.2.10 Control Unit Replacement (RKH)

Control Unit (front side)

(RKH)

ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green) REMOTE ADAPTER

LOC (orange) RST(orange) UPS
RST SW BATTERY
Control Unit (front side)
(RKHE)

ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green) REMOTE ADAPTER

LOC (orange) RST(orange) UPS BATTERY
RST SW

Figure 2.2.11 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKH/RKHE)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0530-05
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1-2) When the ALM LED or RST LED of the RKM/RKS is off
(Refer to “Figure 2.2.8 Control Unit Replacement (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0510), “Figure 2.2.9
Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0520), “Figure 2.2.10 Control
Unit Replacement and LED Locations (RKH)” (REP 02-0530) and “Figure 2.2.11 Position of
the LED on the Control Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0530).)

NOTE : y When replacing the Control Unit while the subsystem power is turned on, be
sure to replace them one by one. When replacing the Control Unit of the
both systems (Control Unit #0 and Control Unit #1) at the same time, follow
the procedure explained in “(2) Procedure for replacement with the power
turned off” (REP 02-0580).
y System parameters are automatically loaded to the new Control Unit from the
built in Disk Drive. Accordingly no setting, such as operating manually, is
required.
y When the Control Unit is replaced while the LU of the subsystem is being
formatted, restoration of the Control Unit which is inserted may be delayed
until the LU formatting is completed.
y There may be an error report in the host computer depending on the operating
conditions of the host computer. The prior contact to the customer is
required.
y Replace the Control Unit after recovering the UPS when the special UPS is
connected and a failure occurs in the UPS.

(a) For preventive detaching of the Control Unit, press RST SW.
Use a tool with a thin tip (a precise screwdriver, etc.) because the hole of RST SW is small (3
mm in diameter). Make sure that the ALM LED (red) or RST LED (orange) turns on within one
second and the WARNING LED (orange) on the Front Bezel blinks.
(b) Connect OUT (J100-J10x) of the remote adaptor in the final steps and the connector (REMOTE
ADAPTER) of the Control Unit are connected with the remote cable (VRCx) when the remote
adaptor is connected. Check that the LED of the connected remote adaptor lights on when
the remote cable has already been connected. Next, remove the remote cable connected to
the Control Unit to be replaced is installed.
(c) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the Control Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Control Unit comes out forward.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0540-02
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(d) Remove the all cables connected to the Control Unit that was blocked for prevention against
a failure. (When the Additional Chassis of Rack Mount Style is connected, disconnect the ENC
cable also.)
NOTE : y When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.
y When removing the Fibre Channel Interface cables, pull out the Fibre Channel
interface cables completely from the host connectors.
If the Fibre Channel Interface cables are inserted half in the host connectors,
the Control Unit continues to detect the Fibre Channel failures, and the I/O
processing of the Control Unit may be deteriorated.
y Remove the cable for the Additional Battery Box by inserting the connector
into the Control Unit side completely and pressing the latch of the connector.

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(e) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0550-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(i) After making sure that 20 seconds or longer has elapsed after the Control Unit was taken out,
insert it in the set position in the status where the right and left levers on the Control Unit
are opened, and close the levers completely until you hear the buttons (blue), which fix the
levers, click.
Although the ALM LED (red) lights up(‡1) when you insert the Control Unit, it goes out after the
Control Unit recovers.
If the Control Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible that the Control
Unit is not recovered from the failure normally.
When it is not recovered even if 30 minutes or more elapsed, perform the dummy
replacement(‡2) of the Control Unit which was inserted.
When the Control Unit is not recovered (30 minutes or more elapsed) even if “I1G300 CTL
recovery start” is displayed in the Information Message of WEB after the dummy
replacement, perform the dummy replacement of the Control Unit which was inserted, again.
When it is not recovered after another 30 minutes, service personnel connects it to the WEB
and takes recovery actions according to “Information Message” on WEB. (There may be a
problem on the Control Unit or the cache memories installed.)
But, when any messages are displayed on WEB about the Control Unit or the cache memories
installed, then service personnel connects the other Control Unit to the WEB and takes
recovery actions according to “Information Message” in the other Control Unit.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0560-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(j) Make sure that the WARNING LED (orange) on the Front Bezel is off(‡1).
(The Control Unit usually recovers in about three minutes, but if the I/O load from the host
computer is high, it may take about 30 minutes to recover.)
If WARNING LED (orange) is on, replace the Control Unit again.
If WARNING LED (orange) is blinking, make sure WARNING LED (orange) goes off by referring
to WEB.
(k) Connect the removed all cables to the Control Unit.

(l) Make sure that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
The READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the
maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(m) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I0010x CTL recovered (CTL-
x)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”(WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Control Unit has completed.
Check that “I5390x The CTL type different from the other CTL was detected” is not displayed
before “I10000 Subsystem is ready” referring to the Information Message on WEB when the
Basic Chassis is the RKH.
(n) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(o) Check that the LED of the remote adaptor connected to the Control Unit is installed lights on
when the remote adaptor is connected.
(p) Check the date and time of the subsystem. If they are not correct, set them.
(Refer to Troubleshooting “2.2 Confirming and Setting RTC (Real Time Clock)” (TRBL 02-
0010).)

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0570-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

(Refer to “Figure 2.2.8 Control Unit Replacement (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0510), “Figure 2.2.9
Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0520), “Figure 2.2.10 Control Unit
Replacement and LED Locations (RKH)” (REP 02-0530) and “Figure 2.2.11 Position of the LED
on the Control Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0530).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Confirm the installation location of the Control Unit whose ALM LED (red) or RST LED (orange)
is on.
(b) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off the
power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the Web.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(c) Remove the power cables (two) from the Basic Chassis in which the Control Unit to be
replaced is installed.
(d) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the Control Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Control Unit comes out forward.
(e) Remove the all cables connected to the Control Unit.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0580-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(f) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(g) Insert it in the set position in the status where the right and left levers on the Control Unit
are opened, and close the levers completely until you hear the buttons (blue), which fix the
levers, click.
If the Control Unit is caught by something when it is inserted, do not push it in forcibly.
Retry the insertion from the beginning. If forced, pins might be broken.
NOTE : y Do not catch a ENC cable, when the Control Unit for the inserted.
y In the case of the RKM/RKS, the installation direction is different in the
Control Unit # 0 and # 1. Install the Control Unit #0 with the cover up and #1
with the cover down.

(h) Connect the removed all cables to the Control Unit.

(i) Connect the power cables (two) to the Basic Chassis whose Control Unit was replaced.
(j) Turn on the main switch. (Usually the Control Unit recovers in about five minutes.)
Check that the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis gone out(‡1).
(k) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0590-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(l) Check that “I10000 Subsystem is ready” is displayed referring to the Information Message on
WEB.
(m) Check that “I5390x The CTL type different from the other CTL was detected” is not displayed
before “I10000 Subsystem is ready” referring to the Information Message on WEB when the
Basic Chassis is the RKH.
(n) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(o) Check the date and time of the subsystem. If they are not correct, set them.
(Refer to Troubleshooting “2.2 Confirming and Setting RTC (Real Time Clock)” (TRBL 02-
0010).)

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0600-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(3) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off (with the cache memory data volatilized
forcibly)
(Refer to “Figure 2.2.8 Control Unit Replacement (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0510), “Figure 2.2.9
Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0520), “Figure 2.2.10 Control Unit
Replacement and LED Locations (RKH)” (REP 02-0530) and “Figure 2.2.11 Position of the LED
on the Control Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0530).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error occurred.
Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))

NOTE : When doing the following works, get a permission of the Technical Support
Center. When replacing the controller with the power turned on (with the
cache memory data not volatilized) in a maintenance work, refer to procedure
“(2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off” (REP 02-0580).

(a) Confirm the installation location of the Control Unit whose ALM LED (red) or RST LED (orange)
is on.
(b) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off.
In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0610-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(f) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(h) Connect the removed all cables to the Control Unit.

(i) Connect the power cables (two) to the Basic Chassis whose Control Unit was replaced.
(j) Turn on the main switch. (Usually the Control Unit recovers in about five minutes.)
(k) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1).
The READY LED (green) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40
to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for
the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes) before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic
Chassis lights up.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0620-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0630-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.6 Replacing Cache Unit

Replacing a Cache Unit is not work of the service personnel.
Replace the Control Unit. (Refer to “2.2.5 Replacing Control Unit” (REP-02-0450).)

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

NOTE : Before unpacking and replacing maintenance components, be sure to wear a

Control Unit

The clip side of wrist strap:

Connect this to the metal part on
the frame of subsystem (rear face)

Support the part by touching its

metal part (metal plate) with A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this before
your fingers starting maintenance.)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0640-02
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

[Points to be checked in advance]

[Correspondence when connecting the NAS Unit]

Confirm with the NAS Unit administrator whether it is possible to terminate the NAS service.
Determine how to react according to the confirmation result.
y When the NAS service can be terminated
Before starting this operation, ask the NAS Unit administrator for the planned shutdown of
the NAS Unit.
After completing this operation, ask the NAS Unit administrator to reboot the NAS Unit.
y When the NAS service cannot be terminated
When this operation executed for the Cache Unit installed in the Control Unit connected by
the NAS Unit is completed, the FC path (Fibre Channel path) of the NAS Unit might go into the
Failure status.
Contact the NAS Unit administrator, refer to “Recovering from FC path errors” of “Hitachi
NAS Manager User’s Guide”, confirm the FC path status and, if the status is Failure, ask for
the recovery of the FC path.
In addition, if there are any personnel for the NAS Unit maintenance, ask the NAS Unit
maintenance personnel to refer to “NAS IMS 2.9.8 Displaying LU Path Setting Screen ” (NAS
IMS 02-0490) in “DKN-200-NGW1 NAS Unit Maintenance Manual”, and ask to check the status
of the FC path and to recover the FC path if it is in a failure status after completing this
operation for one of the Cache Unit installed in the Control Unit connected by the NAS Unit.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0641-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0642-09
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Replace the specified slot number only for the Cache memory replacement.

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Complete the replacement within ten minutes. Otherwise, a When the ALM LED is on
on (hot replacement) powering off may occur because of an abnormal temperature rise. y In the case of the
Perform the part replacement in haste. RKM/RKS : See “(1-1)
2. The procedure varies depending on whether the ALM LED (red) is When the ALM LED of
on or off. the RKM/RKS/RKH on
3. Replace the Control Unit after blocking the Control Unit to be replaced. the Control Unit is on”
4. When replacing Control Unit of both systems (CTL 0 and CTL 1), (REP 02-0660).
power off the subsystem before the replacement. When the ALM LED is off
5. In the case of the single Controller configuration, perform the (Preventive replacement)
replacement after turning off the power. y In the case of the
6. In the case of Preventive replacement, there may be an error RKM/RKS : See “(1-2)
report in the host computer depending on the operating conditions When the ALM LED of
of the host computer. the RKM/RKS/RKH on
The prior contact to the customer is required. the Control Unit is off”
7. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the (REP 02-0730).
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
8. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
9. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the drive firmware
replacement is being executed.
Work after the drive firmware replacement ends.
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the y In the case of the
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on RKM/RKS : See “(2)
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because Procedure for
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. replacement with the
Make the replacement after the LED lights on. power turned off” (REP
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the 02-0770).
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the drive firmware
replacement is being executed.
Work after the drive firmware replacement ends.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0650-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(1-1) When the ALM LED of the RKM/RKS/RKH on the Control Unit is on
(Refer to “Figure 2.2.12 Cache Memory Replacement (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0700), “Figure
2.2.13 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0710), “Figure 2.2.14
Cache Memory Replacement (RKH)” (REP 02-0720) and “Figure 2.2.15 Position of the LED on
the Control Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0720).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-
0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))

NOTE : y Do not replace the Control Unit which operates normally.

Before replacing the Control Unit, confirm that it is blocked (the ALM LED
(red) in on).
y System parameters are automatically loaded to the new Control Unit from the
built in Disk Drive. Accordingly no setting, such as operating manually, is
required.
y When the Control Unit is replaced while the LU of the subsystem is being
formatted, restoration of the Control Unit which is inserted may be delayed
until the LU formatting is completed.
y Replace the Cache Unit after recovering the UPS when the special UPS is
connected and a failure occurs in the UPS.

(a) Make sure that ALM LED (red) on the Control Unit mounting the Cache Unit to be replaced
lights up. If it does not light up, replace the Cache memory following “(1-2) When the ALM
LED of the RKM/RKS/RKH on the Control Unit is off” (REP 02-0730).
(b) Connect OUT (J100-J10x) of the remote adaptor in the final steps and the connector (REMOTE
ADAPTER) of the Control Unit installing the Cache memory that is not replaced in DF800 are
connected with the remote cable (VRCx) when the remote adaptor is connected. Check that
the LED of the connected remote adaptor lights on when the remote cable has already been
connected. Next, remove the remote cable connected to the Control Unit in which the
Cache memory to be replaced is installed.
(c) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the Control Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Control Unit comes out forward.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0660-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(d) Remove all the power cables connected to the Control Unit mounting the Cache Unit to be
replaced.

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(e) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(f) Loosen two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover, and open the cover to the
arrow (→) direction.
You can fix the cover at a perpendicular position and, furthermore, you can lift the cover a
little from this position and fall it to the opposite side.
(g) Remove the Cache Unit, in which the failure occurred, after recording its installation
location, capacity, and model name.
Push the slot levers which fix the Cache Unit, and pull up the Cache Unit by holding both the
end of the Cache Unit, and then the cache memory can be removed. Install the Interface
Board making its sheet steel part face inside of the Control Unit.

NOTE : Place the removed Cache Unit in the place where anti-static measures are
taken.

(h) Install the new Cache Unit to the Control Unit.

NOTE : y Install the new Cache Unit in the removed slot #.

y Install a new Cache Unit with the same capacity as that of the former one in
the same slot
y For the RKH, install the Cache Unit of the same capacity in the slot #0, slot #1
and slot #2, slot #3, respectively, and make the capacity and the installation
position of the Control Unit #0 and the Control Unit #1 the same.

(i) Close the cover and fix it by fastening two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover.
(j) Connect the removed interlocking cable to the Control Unit when the special UPS is connected.
(k) If the RKAK/RKAKX is connected, connect the removed ENC cable to the Control Unit.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0670-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(l) If the Additional Battery Box was connected, connect the removed special cable to the
Control Unit.

(m) Make sure that 20 seconds or longer has elapsed after the Control Unit was taken out.
Insert it in the set position in the status where the right and left levers on the Control Unit
are opened, and close the levers completely until you hear the buttons (blue), which fix the
levers, click.
Although the ALM LED (red) lights up(‡1) when you insert the Control Unit, it goes out after the
Control Unit recovers.
If the Control Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible that the Control
Unit is not recovered from the failure normally.
When it is not recovered even if 30 minutes or more elapsed, perform the dummy
replacement(‡2) of the Control Unit which was inserted.
When the Control Unit is not recovered (30 minutes or more elapsed) even if “I1G300 CTL
recovery start” is displayed in the Information Message of WEB after the dummy
replacement, perform the dummy replacement of the Control Unit which was inserted, again.
When it is not recovered after another 30 minutes, service personnel connects it to the WEB
and takes recovery actions according to “Information Message” on WEB. (There may be a
problem on the Control Unit or the cache memories installed.)
But, when any messages are displayed on WEB about the Control Unit or the cache memories
installed, then service personnel connects the other Control Unit to the WEB and takes
recovery actions according to “Information Message” in the other Control Unit.

NOTE : y Do not catch a ENC cable, when the Control Unit for the inserted.
y In the case of the RKM/RKS, the installation direction is different in the
Control Unit # 0 and # 1. Install the Control Unit #0 with the cover up and #1
with the cover down.
y When returning the levers in the arrow directions (→) at the same time,
operate them within one second. If the operation takes longer than one
second, the Control Unit may not be recovered. If it occurs, execute the
recovery procedure once again. If the Control Unit is not recovered in spite
of the re-execution, replace the Control Unit because it may be faulty.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0680-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(n) Check that the ALM LED (red) on the Control Unit is off.
(o) Check that the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes out(‡1).
(The Control Unit usually recovers in about three minutes, but if the I/O load from the host
computer is high, it may take about 30 minutes to recover.)
(p) Connect the removed all cables to the Control Unit.

(q) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
The READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the
maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(r) Check that “I0010x CTL recovered (CTL-x)” is displayed referring to the Information Message
window on WEB. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”(WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Cache Unit has completed.
(s) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(t) Check that the LED of the remote adaptor connected to the Control Unit in which the
replaced Cache memory is installed lights on when the remote adaptor is connected.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0690-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Lever lock latch

Fixing screw

Cover

Control Unit #0

Control Unit #1 Cache Unit

Lever lock latch
Slot #1
Lever
Slot lever
Cache Unit
Slot #0
Button (blue)
Lever Cut
Projections
Socket inside the slot
Slot
Removal :
Press open the slot lever to outside and pull out the
cache memory by holding the both end by hand.
Installation :
Fit the projection and the cut and push it into the
slot by holding the both end by hand.

Figure 2.2.12 Cache Memory Replacement (RKM/RKS)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0700-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Control Unit (front side) Control Unit (front side)

(RKM) RST SW (RKEM) RST SW
REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) RST (orange) LOC (orange) RST (orange) LOC (orange)
UPS (*1) C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red) UPS C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red)

Control Unit #1

Control Unit #0

C-PWR LED (green) UPS UPS

(*1)
ALM (red) ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green)
LOC (orange) RST (orange) REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) LOC (orange) RST (orange)
RST SW RST SW

Control Unit (front side) Control Unit (front side)

(RKS) (RKES) RST SW
RST SW
REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) RST (orange) LOC (orange) RST (orange) LOC (orange)
UPS (*1) C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red) UPS C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red)

Control Unit #1

Control Unit #0

C-PWR LED (green) UPS UPS

(*1)
ALM (red) ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green)
LOC (orange) RST (orange) REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) LOC (orange) RST (orange)
RST SW RST SW

Control Unit (front side)

(RKEXS) RST SW
RST (orange) LOC (orange)
UPS C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red)

Control Unit #1

Control Unit #0

ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green) UPS

LOC (orange) RST (orange)
RST SW
*1 : The position of the connector is different depending on the Control Unit.
Confirm the connector.

Figure 2.2.13 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKEM/RKS/RKES/RKEXS)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0710-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Fixing screw

Lever lock latch

Cover

Control Unit #0
Control Unit #1
Cache Unit

Slot #3 Lever lock latch

Lever
Slot #1 Slot lever
Cache Unit
Slot #0
Button (blue)
Slot #2
Lever
Cut
Projections
Socket inside the slot
Slot
Removal :
Press open the slot lever to outside and pull out the
cache memory by holding the both end by hand.
Installation :
Fit the projection and the cut and push it into the
slot by holding the both end by hand.

Figure 2.2.14 Cache Memory Replacement (RKH)

Control Unit (front side)

(RKH)

ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green) REMOTE ADAPTER

LOC (orange) RST(orange) UPS
RST SW BATTERY
Control Unit (front side)
(RKHE)

ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green) REMOTE ADAPTER

LOC (orange) RST(orange) UPS BATTERY
RST SW

Figure 2.2.15 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKH/RKHE)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0720-05
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1-2) When the ALM LED of the RKM/RKS/RKH on the Control Unit is off
(Refer to “Figure 2.2.12 Cache Memory Replacement (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0700), “Figure
2.2.13 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0710), “Figure 2.2.14
Cache Memory Replacement (RKH)” (REP 02-0720) and “Figure 2.2.15 Position of the LED on
the Control Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0720).)
NOTE : y System parameters are automatically loaded to the new Control Unit from the
built in Disk Drive. Accordingly no setting, such as operating manually, is
required.
y When the Control Unit is replaced while the LU of the subsystem is being
formatted, restoration of the Control Unit which is inserted may be delayed
until the LU formatting is completed.
y There may be an error report in the host computer depending on the
operating conditions of the host computer.
The prior contact to the customer is required.
y Replace the Cache Unit after recovering the UPS when the special UPS is
connected and a failure occurs in the UPS.

(a) Press the RST SW on the Control Unit, in which the Cache Unit to be replaced is installed, and
make sure that the ALM LED (red) comes on. Use a tool with a thin tip (a precise
screwdriver, etc.) because the hole of RST SW is small (3 mm in diameter). If not, remove
the Cache Unit following the “(2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off”
(REP 02-0770).
(b) Connect OUT (J100-J10x) of the remote adaptor in the final steps and the connector (REMOTE
ADAPTER) of the Control Unit installing the Cache memory that is not replaced in DF800 are
connected with the remote cable (VRCx) when the remote adaptor is connected. Check that
the LED of the connected remote adaptor lights on when the remote cable has already been
connected. Next, remove the remote cable connected to the Control Unit in which the Cache
memory to be replaced is installed.
(c) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the Control Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Control Unit comes out forward.
(d) Remove the all cables connected to the Control Unit on which the Cache Unit to be replaced
is mounted.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0730-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(e) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(f) Loosen two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover, and open the cover to the
arrow (→) direction.
You can fix the cover at a perpendicular position and, furthermore, you can lift the cover a
little from this position and fall it to the opposite side.
(g) Remove the Cache Unit to be replaced for the purpose of preventive maintenance after
recording its installation location, capacity, and model name. Install the Interface Board
making its sheet steel part face inside of the Control Unit.

NOTE : Place the removed Cache Unit in the place where anti-static measures are
taken.

(h) Install the Cache Unit in the Control Unit.

NOTE : y Install the new Cache Unit in the removed slot #.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0740-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

NOTE : y Do not catch a ENC cable, when the Control Unit for the inserted.
y In the case of the RKM/RKS, the installation direction is different in the
Control Unit # 0 and # 1. Install the Control Unit #0 with the cover up and #1
with the cover down.
y When returning the levers in the arrow directions (→) at the same time,
operate them within one second. If the operation takes longer than one
second, the Control Unit may not be recovered. If it occurs, execute the
recovery procedure once again. If the Control Unit is not recovered in spite
of the re-execution, replace the Control Unit because it may be faulty.

(n) Check that the ALM LED (red) on the Control Unit is off.
(o) Check that the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes out(‡3).
(The Control Unit usually recovers in about three minutes, but if the I/O load from the host
computer is high, it may take about 30 minutes to recover.)

‡1 : If the Control Unit is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of the
spin-up of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for the
RAID Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information Message”
on WEB), the ALM LED (red) may not be turned off (“I1G300 CTL recovery start” is not displayed in “Information
Message” on WEB).
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted Control Unit from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡2 : This means that the part concerned is removed, and it is reinstalled after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡3 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0750-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(p) Connect the removed all cables to the Control Unit.

(q) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
The READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the
maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(r) Check that “I0010x CTL recovered (CTL-x)” is displayed referring to the Information Message
window on WEB. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message”(WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Cache Unit has completed.
(s) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”)..
(t) Check that the LED of the remote adaptor connected to the Control Unit in which the
replaced Cache memory is installed lights on when the remote adaptor is connected.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0760-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

(Refer to “Figure 2.2.12 Cache Memory Replacement (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0700), “Figure
2.2.13 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0710), “Figure 2.2.14
Cache Memory Replacement (RKH)” (REP 02-0720) and “Figure 2.2.15 Position of the LED on
the Control Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0720).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off the
power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the Web.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache Unit data has
not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(b) Remove the power cables (two) from the Basic Chassis in which the Cache Unit to be
replaced is installed.
(c) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the Control Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Control Unit comes out forward.
(d) Remove the all cables connected to the Control Unit.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0770-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(e) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(f) Loosen two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover, and open the cover to the
arrow (→) direction.
You can fix the cover at a perpendicular position and, furthermore, you can lift the cover a
little from this position and fall it to the opposite side.
(g) Remove the Cache Unit, in which the failure occurred, after recording its installation
location, capacity, and model name. Install the Interface Board making its sheet steel part
face inside of the Control Unit.

NOTE : Place the removed Cache Unit in the place where anti-static measures are
taken.

(h) Install the Cache Unit in the Control Unit.

NOTE : y Install the new Cache Unit in the removed slot #.

(i) Close the cover and fix it by fastening two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover.
(j) Insert it in the set position in the status where the right and left levers on the Control Unit
are opened, and close the levers completely until you hear the buttons (blue), which fix the
levers, click.
If the Control Unit is caught by something when it is inserted, do not push it in forcibly.
Retry the insertion from the beginning. If forced, pins might be broken.

(k) Connect the removed all cables to the Control Unit.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0780-05
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(l) Connect the power cables (two) to the Basic Chassis whose Cache Unit was replaced.
(m) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
(n) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(o) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0790-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.7 Replacing Interface Board

Replacing an Interface Board is not work of the service personnel.
Replace the Control Unit. (Refer to “2.2.5 Replacing Control Unit” (REP-02-0450).)

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

NOTE : Before unpacking and replacing maintenance components, be sure to wear a

Control Unit

The clip side of wrist strap:

Connect this to the metal part on
the frame of subsystem (rear face)

Support the part by touching its

metal part (metal plate) with A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this before
your fingers starting maintenance.)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0800-02
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

[Points to be checked in advance]

[Correspondence when connecting the NAS Unit]

Confirm with the NAS Unit administrator whether it is possible to terminate the NAS service.
Determine how to react according to the confirmation result.
y When the NAS service can be terminated
Before starting this operation, ask the NAS Unit administrator for the planned shutdown of
the NAS Unit.
After completing this operation, ask the NAS Unit administrator to reboot the NAS Unit.
y When the NAS service cannot be terminated
When this operation executed for the Interface Board installed in the Control Unit connected
by the NAS Unit is completed, the FC path (Fibre Channel path) of the NAS Unit might go into
the Failure status.
Contact the NAS Unit administrator, refer to “Recovering from FC path errors” of “Hitachi
NAS Manager User’s Guide”, confirm the FC path status and, if the status is Failure, ask for
the recovery of the FC path.
In addition, if there are any personnel for the NAS Unit maintenance, ask the NAS Unit
maintenance personnel to refer to “NAS IMS 2.9.8 Displaying LU Path Setting Screen” (NAS IMS
02-0490) in “DKN-200-NGW1 NAS Unit Maintenance Manual”, and ask to check the status of
the FC path and to recover the FC path if it is in a failure status after completing this
operation for the Interface Board installed in the Control Unit connected by the NAS Unit.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0801-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0802-09
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Complete the replacement within ten minutes. Otherwise, a When the ALM LED is on
on powering off may occur because of an abnormal temperature rise. y See “(1-1) When the
(hot replacement) Perform the part replacement in haste. ALM LED on the
2. The procedure varies depending on whether the ALM LED (red) is Control Unit is on”
on or off. (REP 02-0820).
3. Replace the Control Unit after blocking the Control Unit to be When the ALM LED is off
replaced. (Preventive replacement)
4. When replacing Control Unit of both systems (CTL 0 and CTL 1), y See “(1-2) When the
power off the subsystem before the replacement. ALM LED on the
5. In the case of Preventive replacement, there may be an error Control Unit is off”
report in the host computer depending on the operating conditions (REP 02-0880).
of the host computer.
The prior contact to the customer is required.
6. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
7. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
8. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the drive firmware
replacement is being executed.
Work after the drive firmware replacement ends.
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the See “(2) Procedure for
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on replacement with the
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because power turned off” (REP
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. 02-0920).
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the drive firmware
replacement is being executed.
Work after the drive firmware replacement ends.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0810-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(1-1) When the ALM LED on the Control Unit is on
(Refer to “Figure 2.2.16 Replacing Interface Board (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0860), “Figure
2.2.17 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0870), “Figure 2.2.18
Replacing Interface Board (RKH)” (REP 02-0871) and “Figure 2.2.19 Position of the LED on
the Control Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0871).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))

NOTE : y Do not replace the Control Unit which operates normally. Before replacing
the Control Unit, confirm that it is blocked (the ALM LED (red) in on).
y System parameters are automatically loaded to the new Control Unit from the
built in Disk Drive. Accordingly no setting, such as operating manually, is
required.
y When the Control Unit is replaced while the LU of the subsystem is being
formatted, restoration of the Control Unit which is inserted may be delayed
until the LU formatting is completed.
y Replace the Interface Board after recovering the UPS when the special UPS is
connected and a failure occurs in the UPS.

(a) Collect Simple Trace and Constitution Information (Port Information). (Refer to
Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040) and System Parameter “4.2
(8) Setting of Constitute” (SYSPR 04-0280).)
NOTE : If you change the interface board different type, all the following information is
cleared. So please collect simple trace and constitute information to keep
constitution information before change.
y Host Group Information / Target Information
y Host Group Option/Target Option
y Mapping Information
y Fibre Channel Information Port Setting Information/iSCSI port setting
information
y CHAP security information (iSCSI)

(b) Make sure that ALM LED (red) on the Control Unit mounting the Interface Board to be
replaced lights up. If it does not light up, remove the Interface Board following “(1-2) When
the ALM LED on the Control Unit is off” (REP 02-0880).
(c) Connect OUT (J100-J10x) of the remote adaptor in the final steps and the connector (REMOTE
ADAPTER) of the Control Unit installing the Interface Board that is not replaced in DF800 are
connected with the remote cable (VRCx) when the remote adaptor is connected. Check that
the LED of the connected remote adaptor lights on when the remote cable has already been
connected. Next, remove the remote cable connected to the Control Unit in which the
Interface Board to be replaced is installed.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0820-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(d) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the Control Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Control Unit comes out forward.
(e) Remove all the power cables connected to the Control Unit mounting the Interface Board to
be replaced.
NOTE : y When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.
y When removing the Fibre Channel Interface cables, pull out the Fibre Channel
interface cables completely from the host connectors.
If the Fibre Channel Interface cables are inserted half in the host connectors,
the Control Unit continues to detect the Fibre Channel failures, and the I/O
processing of the Control Unit may be deteriorated.
y Remove the cable for the Additional Battery Box by inserting the connector
into the Control Unit side completely and pressing the latch of the connector.

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(f) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(g) Remove the Host Connector.
(h) Loosen two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover, and open the cover to the
arrow (→) direction.
You can fix the cover at a perpendicular position and, furthermore, you can lift the cover a
little from this position and fall it to the opposite side.
(i) Remove the Interface Board mounted on the Control Unit.
Loosen the fixing screws c (four places) of the Interface Board (or the dummy Interface Board)
installed in the Control Unit, operate the latch lever slowly to the arrow direction (→),
remove the connector while lifting up the Interface Board, and remove it from the Control Unit.
NOTE : Place the removed Interface Board in the place where anti-static measures are
taken.

(j) Place the new Interface Board according to the positioning pin of the Control Unit, press the
label (PUSH HERE) part, and insert it in the connector.
At this time, check that the connector is inserted surely. Insert the Interface Board making
its sheet metal part face inside of the Control Unit.
NOTE : y Install the new Interface Board in the removed position.
y When installing the Interface Board, insert the connector after checking the
locations of the positioning pin and the fixing screws for Interface Board
because the incorrect location decision may cause the connector to be
damaged.
(k) Fix the Interface Board by tightening four fixing screws (blue).
(l ) Install the removed Host Connector in the new Control Unit.
(m) Close the cover and fix it by fastening two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover.
(n) Connect the removed interlocking cable to the Control Unit when the special UPS is connected.
(o) If the RKAK/RKAKX is connected, connect the removed ENC cable to the Control Unit.
Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.
REP 02-0830-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(p) If the Additional Battery Box was connected, connect the removed special cable to the
Control Unit.

NOTE : y If you insert the Control Unit without connecting the RKAK/RKAKX to the
Control Unit, a failure occurs again in the Control Unit.
y If you insert the Control Unit without connecting the Additional Battery Box
and/or UPS to the Control Unit, a failure notice of the Additional Battery Box
or UPS is displayed.
y In the case of the RKM/RKS, the installed direction is different in the Control
Unit #0 and #1, so that be careful of the connecting position of the cables.
(q) Make sure that 20 seconds or longer has elapsed after the Control Unit was taken out.
Insert it in the set position in the status where the right and left levers on the Control Unit
are opened, and close the levers completely until you hear the buttons (blue), which fix the
levers, click.
Although the ALM LED (red) lights up(‡1) when you insert the Control Unit, it goes out after the
Control Unit recovers.
If the Control Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible that the Control
Unit is not recovered from the failure normally.
When it is not recovered even if 30 minutes or more elapsed, perform the dummy
replacement(‡2) of the Control Unit which was inserted.
When the Control Unit is not recovered (30 minutes or more elapsed) even if “I1G300 CTL
recovery start” is displayed in the Information Message of WEB after the dummy
replacement, perform the dummy replacement of the Control Unit which was inserted, again.
When it is not recovered after another 30 minutes, service personnel connects it to the WEB
and takes recovery actions according to “Information Message” on WEB. (There may be a
problem on the Control Unit or the cache memories installed.)
But, when any messages are displayed on WEB about the Control Unit or the cache memories
installed, then service personnel connects the other Control Unit to the WEB and takes
recovery actions according to “Information Message” in the other Control Unit.

NOTE : y Do not catch a ENC cable, when the Control Unit for the inserted.
y In the case of the RKM/RKS, the installation direction is different in the
Control Unit # 0 and # 1. Install the Control Unit #0 with the cover up and #1
with the cover down.
y When returning the levers in the arrow directions (→) at the same time,
operate them within one second. If the operation takes longer than one
second, the Control Unit may not be recovered. If it occurs, execute the
recovery procedure once again. If the Control Unit is not recovered in spite
of the re-execution, replace the Control Unit because it may be faulty.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0840-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(r) Check that the ALM LED (red) on the Control Unit is off.
(s) Check that the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes out(‡1).
(The Control Unit usually recovers in about three minutes, but if the I/O load from the host
computer is high, it may take about 30 minutes to recover.)
(t) Reconnect all cables that were disconnected.

(u) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
The READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the
maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(v) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I0010x CTL recovered (CTL-
x)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Interface Board has completed.
(w) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(x) Check that the LED of the remote adaptor connected to the Control Unit in which the
replaced Interface Board is installed lights on when the remote adaptor is connected.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0850-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Fixing screw

Cover

FC Interface Board

Positioning hole

Control Unit #0

Lever Control Unit #1

How to install/remove the Interface Board
c Label
FC Interface Board
Button (blue) Positioning pin f
d
Lever
e
Connector

Latch Lever
Positioning pin
c-f : Fixing Screw for Interface Board

*1 : The figure shows the case where the FC Interface Board is installed in the Control Unit .

Figure 2.2.16 Replacing Interface Board (RKM/RKS)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0860-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Control Unit (front side) Control Unit (front side)

(RKM) RST SW (RKEM) RST SW
REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) RST (orange) LOC (orange) RST (orange) LOC (orange)
UPS (*1) C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red) UPS C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red)

Control Unit #1

Control Unit #0

C-PWR LED (green) UPS UPS

(*1)
ALM (red) ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green)
LOC (orange) RST (orange) REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) LOC (orange) RST (orange)
RST SW RST SW

Control Unit (front side) Control Unit (front side)

(RKS) (RKES) RST SW
RST SW
REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) RST (orange) LOC (orange) RST (orange) LOC (orange)
UPS (*1) C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red) UPS C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red)

Control Unit #1

Control Unit #0

C-PWR LED (green) UPS UPS

(*1)
ALM (red) ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green)
LOC (orange) RST (orange) REMOTE ADAPTER (*1) LOC (orange) RST (orange)
RST SW RST SW

Control Unit (front side)

(RKEXS) RST SW
RST (orange) LOC (orange)
UPS C-PWR LED (green) ALM (red)

Control Unit #1

Control Unit #0

ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green) UPS

LOC (orange) RST (orange)
RST SW
*1 : The position of the connector is different depending on the Control Unit.
Confirm the connector.

Figure 2.2.17 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKEM/RKS/RKES/RKEXS)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0870-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Fixing screw

Cover

FC Interface Board #1
Positioning hole

FC Interface Board #0

Control Unit #1

Lever Control Unit #0

How to install/remove the Interface Board

c Label
Positioning pin FC Interface Board
Button (blue) f
Lever d

e Connector

Latch Lever
Positioning pin
c-f : Fixing Screw for Interface Board

Figure 2.2.18 Replacing Interface Board (RKH)

Control Unit (front side)

(RKH)

ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green) REMOTE ADAPTER

LOC (orange) RST(orange) UPS
RST SW BATTERY
Control Unit (front side)
(RKHE)

ALM (red) C-PWR LED (green) REMOTE ADAPTER

LOC (orange) RST(orange) UPS BATTERY
RST SW

Figure 2.2.19 Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKH/RKHE)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0871-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0872-03
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1-2) When the ALM LED on the Control Unit is off

NOTE : y System parameters are automatically loaded to the new Control Unit from the
built in Disk Drive. Accordingly no setting, such as operating manually, is
required.
y When the Control Unit is replaced while the LU of the subsystem is being
formatted, restoration of the Control Unit which is inserted may be delayed
until the LU formatting is completed.
y There may be an error report in the host computer depending on the
operating conditions of the host computer.
The prior contact to the customer is required.
y Replace the Interface Board after recovering the UPS when the special UPS is
connected and a failure occurs in the UPS.

NOTE : If you change the interface board different type, all the following information is
cleared. So please collect simple trace and constitute information to keep
constitution information before change.
y Host Group Information/Target Information
y Host Group Option/Target Option
y Mapping Information
y Fibre Channel Information Port Setting Information/iSCSI port setting
information
y CHAP security information (iSCSI)

(b) Press the RST SW on the Control Unit, in which the Interface Board to be replaced is
installed, and make sure that the ALM LED (red) comes on. Use a tool with a thin tip (a
precise screwdriver, etc.) because the hole of RST SW is small (3 mm in diameter). If not,
remove the Interface Board following the “(2) Procedure for replacement with the power
turned off” (REP 02-0920).
(c) Connect OUT (J100-J10x) of the remote adaptor in the final steps and the connector (REMOTE
ADAPTER) of the Control Unit installing the Interface Board that is not replaced in DF800 are
connected with the remote cable (VRCx) when the remote adaptor is connected. Check that
the LED of the connected remote adaptor lights on when the remote cable has already been
connected. Next, remove the remote cable connected to the Control Unit in which the
Interface Board to be replaced is installed.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0880-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(d) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the Control Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Control Unit comes out forward.
(e) Remove the all cables connected to the Control Unit on which the Interface Board to be
replaced is mounted.
NOTE : y When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.
y When removing the Fibre Channel Interface cables, pull out the Fibre Channel
interface cables completely from the host connectors.
If the Fibre Channel Interface cables are inserted half in the host connectors,
the Control Unit continues to detect the Fibre Channel failures, and the I/O
processing of the Control Unit may be deteriorated.
y Remove the cable for the Additional Battery Box by inserting the connector
into the Control Unit side completely and pressing the latch of the connector.

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(f) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(g) Remove the Host Connector. (This procedure is unnecessary for the iSCSI Interface Board.)
(h) Loosen two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover, and open the cover to the
arrow (→) direction.
You can fix the cover at a perpendicular position and, furthermore, you can lift the cover a
little from this position and fall it to the opposite side.
(i) Remove the Interface Board mounted on the Control Unit.
Loosen the fixing screws c to f of the Interface Board (or the dummy Interface Board)
installed in the Control Unit, operate the latch lever slowly to the arrow direction (→),
remove the connector while lifting up the Interface Board, and remove it from the Control Unit.
NOTE : Place the removed Interface Board in the place where anti-static measures are
taken.
(j) Place the new Interface Board according to the positioning pin of the Control Unit,
temporarily fix the fixing screw c. Press the label (PUSH HERE) part, and insert it in the
connector.
At this time, check that the connector is inserted surely. Insert the Interface Board making
its sheet metal part face inside of the Control Unit.

NOTE : y Install the new Interface Board in the removed position.

y When installing the Interface Board, insert the connector after checking the
locations of the positioning pin and the fixing screws for Interface Board
because the incorrect location decision may cause the connector to be
damaged.
(k) Fix the Interface Board by tightening the fixing screws c to f.
(l) Install the removed Host Connector in the new Control Unit.
(m) Close the cover and fix it by fastening two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover.
(n) Connect the removed interlocking cable to the Control Unit when the special UPS is connected.
(o) If the RKAK/RKAKX is connected, connect the removed ENC cable to the Control Unit.
Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.
REP 02-0890-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(p) If the Additional Battery Box was connected, connect the removed special cable to the
Control Unit.

(q) Make sure that 20 seconds or longer has elapsed after the Control Unit was taken out.
Insert it in the set position in the status where the right and left levers on the Control Unit
are opened, and close the levers completely until you hear the buttons (blue), which fix the
levers, click.
Although the ALM LED (red) lights up(‡1) when you insert the Control Unit, it goes out after the
Control Unit recovers.
If the Control Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds, it is possible that the Control
Unit is not recovered from the failure normally.
When it is not recovered even if 30 minutes or more elapsed, perform the dummy
replacement(‡2) of the Control Unit which was inserted.
When the Control Unit is not recovered (30 minutes or more elapsed) even if “I1G300 CTL
recovery start” is displayed in the Information Message of WEB after the dummy
replacement, perform the dummy replacement of the Control Unit which was inserted, again.
When it is not recovered after another 30 minutes, service personnel connects it to the WEB
and takes recovery actions according to “Information Message” on WEB. (There may be a
problem on the Control Unit or the cache memories installed.)
But, when any messages are displayed on WEB about the Control Unit or the cache memories
installed, then service personnel connects the other Control Unit to the WEB and takes
recovery actions according to “Information Message” in the other Control Unit.

NOTE : y Do not catch a ENC cable, when the Control Unit for the inserted.
y In the case of the RKM/RKS, the installation direction is different in the
Control Unit # 0 and # 1. Install the Control Unit #0 with the cover up and #1
with the cover down.
y When returning the levers in the arrow directions (→) at the same time,
operate them within one second. If the operation takes longer than one
second, the Control Unit may not be recovered. If it occurs, execute the
recovery procedure once again. If the Control Unit is not recovered in spite
of the re-execution, replace the Control Unit because it may be faulty.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0900-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(u) Make sure that the READY LED (green) on the Front Bezel is on. The READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes,
or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(v) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I0010x CTL recovered (CTL-
x)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Interface Board has completed.
(w) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(x) Check that the LED of the remote adaptor connected to the Control Unit in which the
replaced Interface Board is installed lights on when the remote adaptor is connected.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0910-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

(Refer to “Figure 2.2.16 Replacing Interface Board (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0860), “Figure 2.2.17
Position of the LED on the Control Unit (RKM/RKS)” (REP 02-0870), “Figure 2.2.18 Replacing
Interface Board (RKH)” (REP 02-0871) and “Figure 2.2.19 Position of the LED on the Control
Unit (RKH)” (REP 02-0871).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Collect Simple Trace and Constitution Information (Port Information). (Refer to
Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040) and System Parameter “4.2
(8) Setting of Constitute” (SYSPR 04-0280).)

(b) Turn off the main switch.

Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off the
power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the Web.

NOTE : If the power has already been turned off, check that Interface Board is not in
the back-up state. (To check for the back-up state, refer to “1.1.2 Checking
Cache Memory in the Back-up State” (REP 01-0040).)
If the memory is still being backed up, first release it from the back-up state,
and then replace the Control Unit.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache Unit data has
not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(c) Remove the power cables (two) from the Basic Chassis in which the Interface Board to be
replaced is installed.
(d) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the Control Unit.
When the levers are completely opened, the Control Unit comes out forward.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0920-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(e) Remove the all cables connected to the Control Unit.

CAUTION
Touching heat sinks or ICs may cause getting burned. Be sure to handle with care.

(f) Remove the Control Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(g) Remove the Host Connector.
(h) Loosen two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover, and open the cover to the
arrow (→) direction.
You can fix the cover at a perpendicular position and, furthermore, you can lift the cover a
little from this position and fall it to the opposite side.
(i) Remove the Interface Board mounted on the Control Unit.
Loosen the fixing screws c to f of the Interface Board (or the dummy Interface Board)
installed in the Control Unit, operate the latch lever slowly to the arrow direction (→),
remove the connector while lifting up the Interface Board, and remove it from the Control Unit.

NOTE : Place the removed Interface Board in the place where anti-static measures are
taken.

(j) Place the new Interface Board according to the positioning pin of the Control Unit,
temporarily fix the fixing screw c. Press the label (PUSH HERE) part, and insert it in the
connector.
At this time, check that the connector is inserted surely. Insert the Interface Board making
its sheet metal part face inside of the Control Unit.

NOTE : y Install the new Interface Board in the removed position.

(k) Fix the Interface Board by tightening the fixing screws c to f.

(l ) Install the removed Host Connector in the new Control Unit.
(m) Close the cover and fix it by fastening two cover fixing screws (blue) on the top of the cover.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0930-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(n) Insert it in the set position in the status where the right and left levers on the Control Unit
are opened, and close the levers completely until you hear the buttons (blue), which fix the
levers, click.
If the Control Unit is caught by something when it is inserted, do not push it in forcibly.
Retry the insertion from the beginning. If forced, pins might be broken.

(o) Reconnect all cables that were disconnected.

(p) Connect the power cables (two) to the Basic Chassis whose Interface Board was replaced.
(q) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
(r) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1).
The READY LED (green) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40
to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for
the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes) before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic
Chassis lights up.
(s) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0940-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.8 Replacing Host Connector

A failure may be caused by the electric shock since the Host Connector is precision instrument.
Be sure to put on the wrist strap before starting work in order to protect Host Connector from
electrostatic discharge.

NOTE : Before unpacking and replacing maintenance components, be sure to wear a

wrist strap and connect to ground the grounding clip in the opposite end of the
wrist strap to the chassis frame (metal part).

Host Connector

The clip side of wrist strap:

A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this Connect this to the metal part on
before starting maintenance.) the frame of subsystem (rear face)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0950-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

[Points to be checked in advance]

[Correspondence when connecting the NAS Unit]

Confirm with the NAS Unit administrator whether it is possible to terminate the NAS service.
Determine how to react according to the confirmation result.
y When the NAS service can be terminated
Before starting this operation, ask the NAS Unit administrator for the planned shutdown of
the NAS Unit.
After completing this operation, ask the NAS Unit administrator to reboot the NAS Unit.
y When the NAS service cannot be terminated
When this operation executed for the Host Connector installed in the Control Unit connected
by the NAS Unit is completed, the FC path (Fibre Channel path) of the NAS Unit might go into
the Failure status.
Contact the NAS Unit administrator, refer to “Recovering from FC path errors” of “Hitachi
NAS Manager User’s Guide”, confirm the FC path status and, if the status is Failure, ask for
the recovery of the FC path.
In addition, if there are any personnel for the NAS Unit maintenance, ask the NAS Unit
maintenance personnel to refer to “NAS IMS 2.9.8 Displaying LU Path Setting Screen” (NAS IMS
02-0490) in “DKN-200-NGW1 NAS Unit Maintenance Manual”, and ask to check the status of
the FC path and to recover the FC path if it is in a failure status after completing this
operation for the Host Connector installed in the Control Unit connected by the NAS Unit.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0951-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0952-09
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Refer to the figure below for the Host Connector replacement work. Host Connector can be
replaced with the power turned on.
When the SNMP Agent Support Function is enabled, the SNMP Trap is sent if the Host
Connector is blocked or removed.

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. The procedure varies depending on whether the ALARM LED is When the ALM LED is on
on (hot replacement) on or off. y See “(1-1) When the
2. In the case of Preventive replacement, there may be an error HALM LED on the Host
report in the host computer depending on the operating conditions Connector is on” (REP
of the host computer. 02-0970)
The prior contact to the customer is required. When the ALM LED is off
3. The Host Connectors different from each other are installed in the (Preventive replacement)
RKM/RKH and RKS respectively. y See “(1-2) When the
When replacing each of them, be careful not to use a wrong one. HALM LED on the Host
c RKM/RKH Connector is off” (REP
There are two kinds of Host Connectors for 8 G bps and 4 G 02-0990).
bps.
d RKS
4G bps Host connector
4. You cannot replace the Host Connector during the firmware
update.
Check that the firmware is not being updated with Hitachi Storage
Navigator Modular 2 before replacing the Host Connector.
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the See “(2) Procedure for
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on replacement with the power
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because turned off” (REP 02-1000).
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0960-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(1-1) When the HALM LED on the Host Connector is on
(Refer to “Figure 2.2.20 Replacing Host Connector” (REP 02-0980).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))

NOTE : y Do not replace the Host Connector which operates normally.

y Before replacing the Host Connector on the Interface Board, confirm that the
HALM LED (RED) on the Interface Board is on.
y Before replacing the Host Connector on the Control Unit of the RKEM/RKES,
confirm that the GP 0 LED and GP 1 LED are on (RED) at the same time.

(a) When replacing the Host Connector on the Interface Board, confirm that the HALM LED (RED)
on the Host Connector to be replaced is on.
When replacing the Host Connector on the Control Unit of the RKEM/RKES, confirm that the
GP 0 LED and GP 1 LED on the Control Unit are on (RED) at the same time.
If it does not light up, remove the Host Connector following “(1-2) When the HALM LED on
the Host Connector is off” (REP 02-0990).
(b) Remove the Fibre Channel cables connected to the Control Unit mounting the Host Connector
to be replaced.

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.

(c) Remove the Host Connector.

Pull out the Host Connector after raising the Lever.

NOTE : When the host connector cannot be removed, remove it pushing the lever
down.

(d) Make sure that 20 seconds or longer has elapsed after the Host Connector was taken out.
If the Host Connector is inserted before 20 seconds has elapsed, the Host Connector may not
be recovered normally.
(e) Check the insertion direction of the Host Connector and inset the Host Connector in the port
until it clicks.

NOTE : Install the 8 G bps of Host Connector in the 8 G bps of Interface Board (DF-F800-
DKF84/ DF-F800-DKF82) and the FC interface in the Control Unit of the
RKEM/RKES.
(f) Connect the Fibre Channel Interface cables.
(g) If the GP 0 LED and GP 1 LED do not comet on, the other failure may be considered, so that
restore it following Troubleshooting “Chapter 1. Flowchart for Troubleshooting” (TRBL 01-
0000).

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0970-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(h) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I53A0a Host Connector
recovered (Port xy-z)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-
0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Host Connector has completed.

Host Connector
Lever

Figure 2.2.20 Replacing Host Connector

RKM 1D RKEM 1H
HALM 1C HALM 1G
GP0 1B GP0 1F
Control Unit #1
GP1 1A GP1 1E
0B 0D
1C 1A GP1 GP1
GP0 GP0

GP1 GP1 GP0 GP0

1D 1B 0A 0C

0D HALM 0H HALM
Control Unit #0 0G
0C GP0 GP0
0B GP1 0F GP1
0A 0E

RKS RKES
HALM HALM
GP0 1B GP0 1F
1A Control Unit #1
GP1 GP1 1E

1A 0B
GP0 GP1

GP0
GP1 0A
1B

HALM HALM
Control Unit #0
GP0 GP0
0B GP1 0F GP1
0A 0E

Figure 2.2.21 Port and HALM LED (RKM/RKEM/RKS/RKES)

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0980-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

RKEXS

GP1 RKH 1A 1E
GP0 1B 1F
1B 1A
HALM Control Unit #1 1C 1G
1D 1H

0D 0H
Control Unit #0 0C 0G
0B 0F
HALM 0A 0E
0A 0B GP0 HALM LED
GP1

Figure 2.2.21.1 Port and HALM LED (RKEXS/RKH)

Copyright © 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0981-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

This page is for editorial purpose only.

Copyright © 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0982-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1-2) When the HALM LED on the Host Connector is off

NOTE : There may be an error report in the host computer depending on the operating
conditions of the host computer.
The prior contact to the customer is required.

(a) Remove the Fibre Channel cables connected to the Control Unit mounting the Host Connector
to be replaced.

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.

(b) Remove the Host Connector.

Pull out the Host Connector after raising the Lever.

NOTE : When the host connector cannot be removed, remove it pushing the lever
down.

(c) Make sure that 20 seconds or longer has elapsed after the Host Connector was taken out.
If the Host Connector is inserted before 20 seconds has elapsed, the Host Connector may not
be recovered normally.
(d) Check the insertion direction of the Host Connector and inset the Host Connector in the port
until it clicks.

NOTE : Install the 8 G bps of Host Connector in the 8 G bps of Interface Board (DF-F800-
DKF84/ DF-F800-DKF82) and the FC interface in the Control Unit of the
RKEM/RKES.

(e) Connect the Fibre Channel Interface cables.

(f) If the GP 0 LED and GP 1 LED do not come on, the other failure may be considered, so that
restore it following Troubleshooting “Chapter 1. Flowchart for Troubleshooting” (TRBL 01-
0000).
(g) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I53A0a Host Connector
recovered (Port xy-z)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-
0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Host Connector has completed.

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-0990-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off the
power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the Web.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache Unit data has
not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(b) Remove the Fibre Channel cables connected to the Control Unit mounting the Host Connector
to be replaced.

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.

(c) Remove the Host Connector.

Pull out the Host Connector after raising the Lever.

NOTE : When the host connector cannot be removed, remove it pushing the lever
down.

(d) Check the insertion direction of the Host Connector and inset the Host Connector in the port
until it clicks.

NOTE : Install the 8 G bps of Host Connector in the 8 G bps of Interface Board (DF-F800-
DKF84/ DF-F800-DKF82) and the FC interface in the Control Unit of the
RKEM/RKES.

(e) Connect the Fibre Channel Interface cables.

(f) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).

Copyright © 2008, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-1000-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(g) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(h) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(i) If the GP 0 LED and GP 1 LED do not light on, the other failure may be considered, so that
restore it following Troubleshooting “Chapter 1. Flowchart for Troubleshooting” (TRBL 01-
0000).

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-1010-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.9 Replacing ENC Unit

Working procedures are different in the RKAK and the RKAKX.

(1) Replacing the ENC Unit of the RKAK

A failure may be caused by the electric shock since the ENC Unit is precision instrument. Be
sure to put on the wrist strap before starting work in order to protect ENC Unit from
electrostatic discharge.

NOTE : Before unpacking and replacing maintenance components, be sure to wear a

wrist strap and connect to ground the grounding clip in the opposite end of the
wrist strap to the chassis frame (metal part).
When you insert an ENC Unit into the subsystem, support the ENC Unit as
touching its metal part with fingers of your hand that wears a wrist strap.

ENC Unit

The clip side of wrist strap:

Connect this to the metal part on
Support the part by touching its the frame of subsystem (rear face)
metal part (metal plate) with
your fingers A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this before
starting maintenance.)

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-1020-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Complete the replacement within ten minutes. Otherwise, a When the ALM LED (red) of
on (hot replacement) powering off may occur because of an abnormal temperature rise. the ENC Unit to be
Perform the part replacement in haste. replaced is on
2. When replacing the ENC Unit, the subsystem must be in the Refer to “(a-1) When the
status shown below. ALM LED of the ENC
y The firmware is not being performed. Unit to be replaced is on”
y The Control Unit is not being replaced. (REP 02-1050)
y Any part other than the above is not being replaced. When the ALM LED (red) of
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the the ENC Unit to be
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on the replaced is off
front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the (Preventive replacement)
automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. Make Refer to “(a-2) When the
the replacement after the LED lights on. ALM LED of the ENC
4. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Unit to be replaced is off”
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange) (REP 02-1070)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Refer to “(b) Procedure for
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on the replacement with the power
front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the turned off” (REP 02-1090)
automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. Make
the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the
update of the flash program or the automatic download of the ENC
firmware at the time of turning the power on in the single controller
configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-1030-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

NOTE : y When bending the ENC cable to connect it, give it a bend with a long radius
(not less than 30 mm) so as not to apply the cable and the connector
excessive stresses.
y When two or more ENC Units need to be replaced on the same PATH, replace
the Control Unit of the RKH/RKM/RKS first, and then replace the ENC Unit of
the Additional Chassis. Also, when replacing the ENC Units of two or more
Additional Chassis, replace the Additional Chassis that the subsystem Unit # is
smaller.
y When a failure of the battery system (whose message code is W03z0x, W0400x
or W3Tzxy) has occurred, recover the subsystem from the battery system
failure before replacing the ENC Unit.
y When UPS interlock is used, if you turn off the subsystem power other than
the regular procedure in case of an ENC Unit failure, the power may not be
turned on later. Turn off/on the output of the UPS, and then turn on the
subsystem power. If you cannot turn off/on the UPS, remove the interlock
cable between the UPS and the subsystem (it becomes the Waning status),
and then turn off the subsystem power.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-1040-12
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(a) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(Refer to “Figure 2.2.22 Replacing of ENC Unit” (REP 02-1060).)
(a-1) When the ALM LED of the ENC Unit to be replaced is on
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(i) Make sure that the ALM LED (red) of the ENC Unit to be replaced is lit.
When ALM LED (red) on the ENC Unit is off, remove the ENC Unit following “(a-2) When
the ALM LED of the ENC Unit to be replaced is off” (REP 02-1070).
(ii) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and
left buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the ENC Unit.
When the lever is completely opened, the ENC Unit comes out forward.
(iii) Remove the ENC cable connected to the ENC Unit to be replaced.

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.

(iv) Remove the ENC Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(v) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert a new ENC Unit until its lever is slightly
opened.
When doing this, do not insert the ENC Unit completely.
If the ENC Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds or longer, it is possible that the
ENC Unit is not recovered from the failure normally(‡1).

NOTE : Do not catch a ENC cable, when the ENC Unit is inserted.

(vi) Connect the ENC cable to new ENC Unit.

(vii) Close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.

NOTE : When closing the lever, perform the operation of the lever within one second.
If the returning of the levers takes longer time, it is possible that the recovery
from the error fails. When this happens, execute the replacement procedure
again.
If the subsystem is not recovered from the failure nevertheless, replace the ENC
Unit because the ENC Unit is considered to have failed.

‡1 : Remove the inserted ENC Unit, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.

Copyright © 2008, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-1050-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(viii) Make sure that the ALM LED (red) on the ENC Unit is off(‡1).
(ix) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on and the ALARM
LED (red) and WARNING LED (orange) goes out(‡2). The READY LED (green) on the front of
the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to
60 minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
When the Power Saving function is enabled, the WARNING LED (orange) may light up or
blinking at low speed while executing the ENC automatic download. If the WARNING LED
still lights up or blinking at low speed after completing the ENC automatic download, refer
to Information Message on WEB and perform the maintenance according to the recovery
method of the message.
(x) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I00Axy Loop recovered
(Path-x, Loop-y)] and [I00Be0 ENC recovered (Unit-x, ENC-y)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB
“2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of ENC Unit has completed.

ENC Unit (Front)

LOC LED

ALM LED

Lever
ENC Unit #1
ENC Unit #0

Button (blue)

Figure 2.2.22 Replacing of ENC Unit (RKAK)

‡1: If the ENC Unit is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of the spin-up
of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for the RAID
Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information Message” on
WEB), the Red (ALARM) LED of the replaced ENC Unit may not be turned off.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted ENC Unit from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡2 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-1060-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(a-2) When the ALM LED of the ENC Unit to be replaced is off
(i) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and
left buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the ENC Unit.
When the lever is completely opened, the ENC Unit comes out forward.

NOTE : When opening the lever, perform the operation of the lever within one second.

(ii) Remove the ENC cable connected to the ENC Unit to be replaced.
(iii) Remove the ENC Unit by pulling it out toward you.
(iv) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert a new ENC Unit until its lever is slightly opened.
When doing this, do not insert the ENC Unit completely.
If the ENC Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds or longer, it is possible that the
ENC Unit is not recovered from the failure normally(‡1).

NOTE : Do not catch a ENC cable, when the ENC Unit is inserted.

(v) Connect the ENC cable to new ENC Unit.

(vi) Close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.

NOTE : When closing the lever, perform the operation of the lever within one second.
If the returning of the levers takes longer time, it is possible that the recovery from
the error fails. When this happens, execute the replacement procedure again.
If the subsystem is not recovered from the failure nevertheless, replace the ENC
Unit because the ENC Unit is considered to have failed.

(vii) Make sure that the ALM LED (red) on the ENC Unit is off(‡2).
(viii) When an ENC Unit other than that to be replaced is detached in the replacement of the
ENC Unit installed in the RKH/RKM/RKS or removal of the ENC cable connected to it,
remove the ENC cable connected to the detached ENC Unit. (You may replace the ENC
cables in any order because the ENC Unit to be replaced is detached. An ENC Unit other
than that to be replaced cannot be detached no matter which cable connected to the
front or rear ENC Unit is removed first.)
Perform a restoration of the detached ENC Unit following the procedure starting from step
(ii).
When the ENC Unit cannot be restored because of a wrong restoration procedure, restore
it by turning off the main switch and disconnecting the power cable, and connecting the
power cable and turning on the main switch.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-1070-13
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(ix) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on and the ALARM
LED (red) and WARNING LED (orange) goes out(‡1). The READY LED (green) on the front of
the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to
60 minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
When the Power Saving function is enabled, the WARNING LED (orange) may light up or
blinking at low speed while executing the ENC automatic download. If the WARNING LED
still lights up or blinking at low speed after completing the ENC automatic download, refer
to Information Message on WEB and perform the maintenance according to the recovery
method of the message.
(x) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I00Be0 ENC recovered
(Unit-x, ENC-y)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of ENC Unit has completed.

Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.

REP 02-1080-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(b) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

(Refer to “Figure 2.2.22 Replacing of ENC Unit” (REP 02-1060).)
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(i) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off
the power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the WEB.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(ii) Remove the power cables (two) from the RKAK in which the ENC Unit to be replaced is
installed.
(iii) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and
left buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the ENC Unit.
When the lever is completely opened, the ENC Unit comes out forward.
(iv) Remove the cables connected to the ENC Unit.

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.

(v) Remove the ENC Unit by pulling it out toward you.

(vi) Insert a new ENC Unit until its lever is slightly opened.
When doing this, do not insert the ENC Unit completely.

NOTE : Do not catch a ENC cable, when the ENC Unit is inserted.

(vii) Connect the ENC cable to new ENC Unit.

(viii) Close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
(ix) Connect the power cables (two) to the RKAK whose ENC Unit was replaced.
(x) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
Make sure that the ALM LED (red) has not gone out.

REP 02-1090-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(xi) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the
ALARM LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may
blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of
the RKH) or the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to
85 minutes) before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
When the Power Saving function is enabled, the WARNING LED (orange) may light up or
blinking at low speed while executing the ENC automatic download. If the WARNING LED
still lights up or blinking at low speed after completing the ENC automatic download, refer
to Information Message on WEB and perform the maintenance according to the recovery
method of the message.
(xii) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic
download are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start
message and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not
displayed. When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform
the maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware
“1.6 (4) Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM
01-0890)”).

REP 02-1100-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Replacing ENC Unit of the RKAKX

CAUTION

Do not pull out multiple RKAKXs at a time because the rack can fall over.

NOTE : Before unpacking and replacing maintenance components, be sure to wear a

Support the part by touching its

metal part (metal plate) with
your fingers ENC Unit (RKAKX)
A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this before
starting maintenance.)

The clip side of wrist strap:

Connect this to the metal part on
the frame of subsystem (rear face)

REP 02-1101-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. Complete the replacement within ten minutes(*1). Otherwise, a When the ALM LED (red) of
on (hot replacement) powering off may occur because of an abnormal temperature rise. the ENC Unit to be
Perform the part replacement in haste. replaced is on
2. When replacing the ENC Unit, the subsystem must be in the Refer to “(a-1) When the
status shown below. ALM LED of the ENC
y The firmware is not being performed. Unit to be replaced is on”
y The Control Unit is not being replaced. (REP 02-1104)
y Any part other than the above is not being replaced. When the ALM LED (red) of
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the the ENC Unit to be
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on the replaced is off
front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the (Preventive replacement)
automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. Make Refer to “(a-2) When the
the replacement after the LED lights on. ALM LED of the ENC
4. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Unit to be replaced is off”
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange) (REP 02-1106)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Refer to “(b) Procedure for
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on the replacement with the power
front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the turned off” (REP 02-1108)
automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. Make
the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because the
update of the flash program or the automatic download of the ENC
firmware at the time of turning the power on in the single controller
configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.
*1 : It's the time it takes to replace part itself.
This time doesn't include the time needed to perform the operation other than replacement.

REP 02-1102-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

NOTE : y When bending the ENC cable to connect it, give it a bend with a long radius
(more than 20 mm) so as not to apply the cable and the connector excessive
stresses.
y When two or more ENC Units need to be replaced on the same PATH, replace
the Control Unit of the RKH/RKM/RKS first, and then replace the ENC Unit of
the Additional Chassis. Also, when replacing the ENC Units of two or more
Additional Chassis, replace the Additional Chassis that the subsystem Unit # is
smaller.
y When a failure of the battery system (whose message code is W03z0x, W0400x
or W3Tzxy) has occurred, recover the subsystem from the battery system
failure before replacing the ENC Unit.
y When UPS interlock is used, if you turn off the subsystem power other than
the regular procedure in case of an ENC Unit failure, the power may not be
turned on later. Turn off/on the output of the UPS, and then turn on the
subsystem power. If you cannot turn off/on the UPS, remove the interlock
cable between the UPS and the subsystem (it becomes the Waning status),
and then turn off the subsystem power.

REP 02-1103-12
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(a) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

(a-1) When the ALM LED of the ENC Unit to be replaced is on
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error occurred.
Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(i) Pull the RKAKX out of the rack, and remove the top cover. (Refer to Installation “1.4.1
How to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model” (INST 01-0100).)
(ii) Make sure that the ALM LED (red) of the ENC Unit to be replaced is lit.
When ALM LED (red) on the ENC Unit is off, remove the ENC Unit following “(a-2) When
the ALM LED of the ENC Unit to be replaced is off” (REP 02-1070).
(iii) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the ENC Unit, and remove the ENC Unit by pulling it out.
(iv) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert a new ENC Unit until its lever is slightly opened.
When doing this, do not insert the ENC Unit completely.
If the ENC Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds or longer, it is possible that the
ENC Unit is not recovered from the failure normally(‡1).

NOTE : y When closing the lever, perform the operation of the lever within one second.
If the returning of the levers takes longer time, it is possible that the recovery
from the error fails. When this happens, execute the replacement procedure
again. If the subsystem is not recovered from the failure nevertheless, replace
the ENC Unit because the ENC Unit is considered to have failed.
y Check that there is no foreign substance near the connector and in the
subsystem before inserting the new ENC Unit.

(v) Make sure that the ALM LED (red) on the ENC Unit is off(‡2).
(vi) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on and the ALARM LED
(red) and WARNING LED (orange) goes out(‡3). The READY LED (green) on the front of the
Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60
minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
When the Power Saving function is enabled, the WARNING LED (orange) may light up or
blinking at low speed while executing the ENC automatic download. If the WARNING LED
still lights up or blinking at low speed after completing the ENC automatic download, refer to
Information Message on WEB and perform the maintenance according to the recovery method
of the message.

REP 02-1104-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(vii) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I00Axy Loop recovered
(Path-x, Loop-y)] and [I00Be0 ENC recovered (Unit-x, ENC-y)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB
“2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of ENC Unit has completed.
(viii) Return the RKAKX into the rack after attaching its cover. (Refer to Installation "1.4.1 How
to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model" (INST 01-0100).)

NOTE : Do not drop a screw and such in the subsystem.

If you dropped it, immediately remove it.
If you leave it unattended, the parts will short out, and it will cause a fire or a
failure.

Button (Blue) Lever

Lever
ENC Unit #B0
ENC Unit (Front)

ENC Unit #B1

LOC LED
ENC Unit #A0

ENC Unit #A1

ALM LED

Figure 2.2.22.1 Replacing of ENC Unit (RKAKX)

REP 02-1105-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(a-2) When the ALM LED of the ENC Unit to be replaced is off
(i) Pull the RKAKX out of the rack, and remove the top cover. (Refer to Installation “1.4.1
How to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model” (INST 01-0100).)
(ii) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and
left buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the ENC Unit, and remove the ENC Unit by
pulling it out.
(iii) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert a new ENC Unit until its lever is slightly
opened.
When doing this, do not insert the ENC Unit completely.
If the ENC Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds or longer, it is possible that the
ENC Unit is not recovered from the failure normally(‡1).

NOTE : y When closing the lever, perform the operation of the lever within one second.
If the returning of the levers takes longer time, it is possible that the
recovery from the error fails. When this happens, execute the replacement
procedure again. If the subsystem is not recovered from the failure
nevertheless, replace the ENC Unit because the ENC Unit is considered to
have failed.
y Check that there is no foreign substance near the connector and in the
subsystem before inserting the new ENC Unit.

(vi) Make sure that the ALM LED (red) on the ENC Unit is off(‡2).
(v) When an ENC Unit other than that to be replaced is detached in the replacement of the
ENC Unit installed in the RKH/RKM/RKS or removal of the ENC cable connected to it,
remove the ENC cable connected to the detached ENC Unit. (You may replace the ENC
cables in any order because the ENC Unit to be replaced is detached. An ENC Unit other
than that to be replaced cannot be detached no matter which cable connected to the
front or rear ENC Unit is removed first.)
Perform a restoration of the detached ENC Unit following the procedure starting from step
(ii).
When the ENC Unit cannot be restored because of a wrong restoration procedure, restore
it by turning off the main switch and disconnecting the power cable, and connecting the
power cable and turning on the main switch.

REP 02-1106-13
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(vi) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on and the ALARM
LED (red) and WARNING LED (orange) goes out(‡1). The READY LED (green) on the front of
the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to
60 minutes in case of the RKH) before it lights up.
When the Power Saving function is enabled, the WARNING LED (orange) may light up or
blinking at low speed while executing the ENC automatic download. If the WARNING LED
still lights up or blinking at low speed after completing the ENC automatic download, refer
to Information Message on WEB and perform the maintenance according to the recovery
method of the message.
(vii) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I00Be0 ENC recovered
(Unit-x, ENC-y)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of ENC Unit has completed.
(viii) Return the RKAKX into the rack after attaching its cover. (Refer to Installation "1.4.1 How
to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model" (INST 01-0100).)

NOTE : Do not drop a screw and such in the subsystem.

If you dropped it, immediately remove it.
If you leave it unattended, the parts will short out, and it will cause a fire or a
failure.

REP 02-1107-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(b) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
Store the collected simple trace information on the CD-R.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(i) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off
the power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the WEB.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(ii) Remove the power cables (four) from the RKAKX in which the ENC Unit to be replaced is
installed.
(iii) Pull the RKAKX out of the rack, and remove the top cover. (Refer to Installation "1.4.1
How to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model" (INST 01-0100).)
(iv) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the ENC Unit, and remove the ENC Unit by pulling it out.
(v) Insert the new ENC Unit until its lever is slightly closed, and then close it completely until
you hear the right and left buttons (blue), which fix the lever, click.

NOTE : Check that there is no foreign substance near the connector and in the
subsystem before inserting the new ENC Unit.

(vi) Connect the power cables (four) to the RKAKX whose ENC Unit was replaced.
(vii) Return the RKAKX into the rack after attaching its cover. (Refer to Installation "1.4.1 How
to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model" (INST 01-0100).)

NOTE : Do not drop a screw and such in the subsystem.

If you dropped it, immediately remove it.
If you leave it unattended, the parts will short out, and it will cause a fire or a
failure.

(viii) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
Make sure that the ALM LED (red) has not gone out.

REP 02-1108-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(ix) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
When the Power Saving function is enabled, the WARNING LED (orange) may light up or
blinking at low speed while executing the ENC automatic download. If the WARNING LED
still lights up or blinking at low speed after completing the ENC automatic download, refer to
Information Message on WEB and perform the maintenance according to the recovery method
of the message.
(x) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).

REP 02-1109-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.10 Replacing ENC Cable

Working procedures are different in the RKAK and the RKAKX.
In the case of the RKAKX, replace the ENC cable and the cable holder together.

(1) Replacing the ENC cable of the RKAK

CAUTION
To prevent part failures caused by static electrical charge built up on your own
body, be sure to wear a wrist strap connected to the chassis before starting and do
not take it off until you finish.

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. When replacing the ENC Unit, the subsystem must be in the Refer to “(1-1) Procedure
on status shown below. for replacement with the
y The firmware is not being performed. power turned on” (REP 02-
y The Control Unit is not being replaced. 1120)
y Any part other than the above is not being replaced.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Refer to “(1-2) Procedure
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on for replacement with the
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because power turned off” (REP 02-
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. 1141)
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

REP 02-1110-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

NOTE : y When bending the ENC cable to connect it, give it a bend with a long radius
(not less than 30 mm) so as not to apply the cable and the connector
excessive stresses.
y When a failure of the battery system (whose message code is W03z0x, W0400x
or W3Tzxy) has occurred, recover the subsystem from the battery system
failure before replacing the ENC cable.
y When UPS interlock is used, if you turn off the subsystem power other than
the regular procedure in case of an ENC Unit failure, the power may not be
turned on later. Turn off/on the output of the UPS, and then turn on the
subsystem power. If you cannot turn off/on the UPS, remove the interlock
cable between the UPS and the subsystem (it becomes the Waning status),
and then turn off the subsystem power.

(1-1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

Replace the ENC cable referring to Figure 2.2.23.
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-
0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Among the ENC Units which are connected to the ENC cables to be replaced,
open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the ENC Unit of the one whose the subsystem Unit# is
large.
When the lever is completely opened, the ENC Unit comes out forward.

NOTE : When opening the lever, perform the operation of the lever within one second.

(b) Remove the ENC cable to be replaced.

Remove the ENC cable while pulling the tab of the ENC cable.

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.

REP 02-1120-12
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(d) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert the ENC Units until its lever is slightly closed,
and then close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
If the ENC Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds or longer, it is possible that the ENC
Unit is not recovered from the failure normally. (‡1).

NOTE : y Operate the levers within one second.

If the returning of the levers takes longer time, it is possible that the
recovery from the error fails. When this happens, execute the replacement
procedure again. If the subsystem is not recovered from the failure
nevertheless, replace the ENC Unit because the ENC Unit is considered to
have failed.
y Do not catch an ENC cable, when the ENC Unit is inserted.

(e) Check that the ALM LED (red) on the ENC Unit is off(‡2).
(f) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on and the ALARM LED
(red) and WARNING LED (orange) goes out(‡3). The READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic
Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in
case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(g) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I00Axy Loop recovered (Path-
x, Loop-y)] or [I00Be0 ENC recovered (Unit-x, ENC-y)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5
Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of ENC cable has completed.

‡1 : Remove the inserted ENC Unit, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡2 : If the ENC Unit is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of the spin-up
of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for the RAID
Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information Message” on
WEB), the Red (ALARM) LED of the replaced ENC Unit may not be turned off.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted ENC Unit from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡3 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.

REP 02-1130-10
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

ENC Unit #0

ENC Unit (Front)

LOC LED

ALM LED

Button (blue) Lever

ENC Unit #1

Figure 2.2.23 Locations of LEDs on the ENC Unit (RKAK)

Tab

Figure 2.2.23.1 Locations of tab on the ENC cable

REP 02-1140-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1-2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

Replace the ENC cable referring to Figure 2.2.23.
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-
0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off the
power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the WEB.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(b) Remove the power cables (two) from the RKAK to which the ENC cable to be replaced is
connected.
(c) Among the ENC Units which are connected to the ENC cables to be replaced,
open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the ENC Unit of the one whose the subsystem Unit# is
large.
When the lever is completely opened, the ENC Unit comes out forward.
(d) Remove the ENC cable to be replaced.
Remove the ENC cable while pulling the tab of the ENC cable.

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.

(e) Connect a new ENC cable. (Refer to Installation “2.4.10 Connecting the ENC Cables” (INST
02-0700))
(f) Close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.

NOTE : Do not catch a ENC cable, when the ENC Unit is inserted.

(g) Connect the power cables (two) to the RKAK whose ENC cable was replaced.

REP 02-1141-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(h) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
After doing this, make sure that the ALM LED (red) on the ENC Unit is not on.
(i) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(j) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).

REP 02-1142-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Replacing the ENC cable of the RKAKX

CAUTION

Do not pull out multiple RKAKXs at a time because the rack can fall over.

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. When replacing the ENC Unit, the subsystem must be in the Refer to “(2-1) Procedure
on status shown below. for replacement with the
y The firmware is not being performed. power turned on” (REP 02-
y The Control Unit is not being replaced. 1151)
y Any part other than the above is not being replaced.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
3. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis usually
goes out about 30 seconds later.
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Refer to “(2-2) Procedure
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on for replacement with the
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because power turned off” (REP 02-
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed. 1157)
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

REP 02-1150-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

NOTE : y When bending the ENC cable to connect it, give it a bend with a long radius
(more than 20 mm) so as not to apply the cable and the connector excessive
stresses.
y When a failure of the battery system (whose message code is W03z0x, W0400x
or W3Tzxy) has occurred, recover the subsystem from the battery system
failure before replacing the ENC cable.
y When UPS interlock is used, if you turn off the subsystem power other than
the regular procedure in case of an ENC Unit failure, the power may not be
turned on later. Turn off/on the output of the UPS, and then turn on the
subsystem power. If you cannot turn off/on the UPS, remove the interlock
cable between the UPS and the subsystem (it becomes the Waning status),
and then turn off the subsystem power.
y When removing the Disk Drive to the RKAKX, check that the stabilizer is
installed to the front side of the rack.
If the stabilizer is not installed, install the stabilizer to the rack. (Refer to
Installation “2.2.1 (7) Installing the stabilizer” (INST 02-0090).)

(2-1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

Replace the ENC cable referring to Figure 2.2.23.2 to Figure 2.2.23.8.
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-
0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Remove the stopper on the rear side of the subsystem (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (6)
Attaching the stopper” (INST 02-1280)).
(b) Open the cable routing bar toward you.
(c) If the cable tray is attached, remove it (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (5) Attaching the cable
tray” (INST 02-1280)).
(d) Make sure that the ALM LED (red) of the cable holder to which the ENC cable to be replaced
is connected is lit. (Refer to Figure 2.2.23.2.)
(e) Remove the repeat binder which fixes the power cables and ENC cables in the middle (Refer
to Installation “2.5.8 (4) Fixing the cables in the middle” (INST 02-1270)).
(f) Remove the cable routing bar because it disturbs the operation if the cable holder #B0 or
cable holder #A1 is replaced (Refer to Installation “2.5.4 (2) Fixing the cable routing bars”
(INST 02-1020)).
y When replacing the cable holder #B0: the cable routing bar #0
y When replacing the cable holder #A1: the cable routing bar #1

REP 02-1151-12
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(g) Remove the repeat binders (6 places) on the cable routing bar, and release the routing of the
ENC cables and power cables.
When replacing the cable holder #A0/#A1, release the routing referring to Installation “2.5.8
(2) Routing of the cable routing bar#0” (INST 02-1240).
When replacing the cable holder #B0/#B1, release the routing referring to Installation “2.5.8
(3) Routing of the cable routing bar#1” (INST 02-1252).
(h) Open the lever toward you pressing the button (blue) which fixes the cable holder to which
the ENC cable to be replaced is connected, and remove the cable holder.
(i) Loosen the screw (blue) which fixes the holder cover for the new cable holder, and remove
it.
(j) Connect a new ENC cable to a new cable holder

NOTE : Pull the ENC cable lightly to check if it is surely connected to the cable holder.

(k) Attach the holder cover to the cable holder, and tighten the screw (blue) to fix the cover.

NOTE : Set and attach the tip of the holder cover to the correct position in the claw of
the cable holder.

(l) Attach the cable holder to the RKAKX.

Insert the cable holder until its lever is slightly closed, and then close the lever completely
until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.

NOTE : Connect the cable holder to the correct connector (IN/OUT).

(m) Affix the cable label to the cable. (Refer to Installation "2.5.6 (3) Attaching cable labels"
(INST 02-1210).)
(n) Pull the RKAKX out of the rack, and remove the top cover. (Refer to Installation "1.4.1 How
to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model" (INST 01-0100).)
(o) Open the right and left levers toward you at the same time while pressing the right and left
buttons (blue) which fix the levers of the ENC Unit whose the ALM LED (red) is on.
When the lever is completely opened, the ENC Unit comes out forward.

NOTE : When opening the lever, perform the operation of the lever within one second.

(p) After waiting for 20 seconds or more, insert the ENC Units until its lever is slightly closed,
and then close it completely until you hear the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
If the ENC Unit is inserted without waiting for 20 seconds or longer, it is possible that the ENC
Unit is not recovered from the failure normally. (‡1).

NOTE : Operate the levers within one second.

If the returning of the levers takes longer time, it is possible that the recovery
from the error fails. When this happens, execute the replacement procedure
again. If the subsystem is not recovered from the failure nevertheless, replace
the ENC Unit because the ENC Unit is considered to have failed.

‡1 : Remove the inserted ENC Unit, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.

REP 02-1152-13
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(q) Check that the ALM LED (red) on the ENC Unit is off(‡1).
(r) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on and the ALARM LED
(red) and WARNING LED (orange) goes out(‡2). The READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic
Chassis may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in
case of the RKH) before it lights up.
(s) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I00Axy Loop recovered
(Path-x, Loop-y)] or [I00Be0 ENC recovered (Unit-x, ENC-y)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5
Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of ENC cable has completed.
(t) Return the RKAKX into the rack after attaching its cover. (Refer to Installation “1.4.1 How to
Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model” (INST 01-0100).)

NOTE : Do not drop a screw and such in the subsystem.

If you dropped it, immediately remove it.
If you leave it unattended, the parts will short out, and it will cause a fire or a
failure.

(u) Route the replaced ENC cable, and fix it with the repeat binder.
When replacing the cable holder #A0/#A1, release the routing referring to Installation “2.5.8
(2) Routing of the cable routing bar#0” (INST 02-1240).
When replacing the cable holder #B0/#B1, release the routing referring to Installation “2.5.8
(3) Routing of the cable routing bar#1” (INST 02-1252).
(v) Return the power cables and ENC cables to the original state, and fix them with the repeat
binder in the middle. (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (4) Fixing the cables in the middle” (INST
02-1270)).
(w) If the cable tray is removed, attach it (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (5) Attaching the cable
tray” (INST 02-1280)).
(x) Close the cable routing bar.
(y) Attach the stopper on the rear side of the subsystem (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (6)
Attaching the stopper” (INST 02-1280)).

NOTE : Check that the cables of other subsystem are not being caught.

(z) Pull out the subsystem and check that the routing is performed correctly (refer to
Installation “2.5.8 (7) Checking Routing” (INST 02-1290)).

‡1 : If the ENC Unit is removed and then inserted at the time between the execution and the completion of the spin-up
of the priced option, Power Saving (until “I1GZ00 The spin up of disk drives completed” is displayed for the RAID
Group that “I1GY00 The request of spin up of disk drives is accepted” is displayed in “Information Message” on
WEB), the Red (ALARM) LED of the replaced ENC Unit may not be turned off.
After checking that the Disk Drives in which the spin-up command was executed were all spun up, remove the
inserted ENC Unit from the chassis, and insert it again after 20 seconds or more passed.
‡2 : When it is blinking at low speed, perform the maintenance according to the recovery method of the message
referring to the Information Message on WEB. If the subsystem is in the Warning status when the Information
Message on WEB was referred to, the WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and if the
subsystem is not in the Warning status, the WARNING LED (orange) goes out.

REP 02-1153-13
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

ALM LED (red) LOC LED (orange)

Cable holder (IN) Cable holder (OUT)

Cable holder #B0 (IN) Cable holder #A1 (OUT)

Cable holder #B0 (OUT) Cable holder #A1 (IN)

Cable holder #B1 (IN) Cable holder #A0 (OUT)

Cable holder #B1 (OUT) Cable holder #A0 (IN)

Figure 2.2.23.2 Locations of the LEDs on the Cable Holder

Cable routing bar #1

Cable routing bar #0

Stopper

Cable tray (*1)

*1 : The cable tray is attached to the rack rail for Rev.B.

Figure 2.2.23.3 Locations of the Cable Routing Bar, the Stopper, and the Cable Tray

REP 02-1154-10a
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Cable holder

Lever

Cable routing bar #0 Button (blue) Cable routing bar #1

Figure 2.2.23.4 Replacing the ENC Cable/Cable Holder

Holder cover

Screw (Blue)

Cable Holder

Button (blue)

Lever

Figure 2.2.23.5 Removing the Cable Holder and the Holder Cover

ENC cable

Cable Holder

Lever

Figure 2.2.23.6 Connecting the ENC Cable

REP 02-1155-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Holder cover Tip of the holder cover

Claw

Screw (blue)

Cable holder

Button (blue) Lever

Figure 2.2.23.7 Attaching the Cable Holder and the Holder Cover

Button (Blue) Lever

Lever
ENC Unit #B0
ENC Unit (Front)

ENC Unit #B1

LOC LED
ENC Unit #A0

ENC Unit #A1

ALM LED

Figure 2.2.23.8 LED Locations of ENC Unit (RKAKX)

REP 02-1156-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2-2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

Replace the ENC cable referring to Figure 2.2.23.
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Turn off the main switch.
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off the
power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the WEB.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(b) Remove the stopper on the rear side of the subsystem (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (6)
Attaching the stopper” (INST 02-1280)).
(c) Open the cable routing bar toward you.
(d) If the cable tray is attached, remove it (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (5) Attaching the cable
tray” (INST 02-1280)).
(e) Remove the repeat binder which fixes the power cables and ENC cables in the middle (Refer
to Installation “2.5.8 (4) Fixing the cables in the middle” (INST 02-1270)).
(f) Remove the power cables (four) from the RKAKX to which the ENC cable to be replaced is
connected.
(g) Remove the cable routing bar because it disturbs the operation if the cable holder #B0 or
cable holder #A1 is replaced (Refer to Installation “2.5.4 (2) Fixing the cable routing bars”
(INST 02-1020)).
y When replacing the cable holder #B0: the cable routing bar #0
y When replacing the cable holder #A1: the cable routing bar #1
(h) Remove the repeat binders (6 places) on the cable routing bar, and release the routing of the
ENC cables and power cables.
When replacing the cable holder #A0/#A1, release the routing referring to Installation “2.5.8
(2) Routing of the cable routing bar#0” (INST 02-1240).
When replacing the cable holder #B0/#B1, release the routing referring to Installation “2.5.8
(3) Routing of the cable routing bar#1” (INST 02-1252).
(i) Open the lever toward you pressing the button (blue) which fixes the cable holder to which
the ENC cable to be replaced is connected, and remove the cable holder.
Copyright © 2008, 2009, Hitachi, Ltd.
REP 02-1157-10a
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(j) Loosen the screw (blue) which fixes the holder cover for a new cable holder, and remove it.
(k) Connect a new ENC cable to a new cable holder.

NOTE : Pull the ENC cable lightly to check if it is surely connected to the cable holder.
(l) Attach the holder cover to the cable holder, and tighten the screw (blue) to fix the cover.
NOTE : Set and attach the tip of the holder cover to the correct position in the claw of
the cable holder.
(m) Attach the cable holder to the RKAKX.
Insert the cable holder into the RKAKX, and then close the lever completely until you hear
the button (blue), which fixes the lever, click.
NOTE : Connect the cable holder to the correct connector (IN/OUT).
(n) Affix the cable label to the cable. (Refer to Installation "2.5.6 (3) Attaching cable labels"
(INST 02-1210).)
(o) Connect the power cables (four) to the RKAKX whose ENC cable was replaced.
(p) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
Make sure that the ALM LED (red) on the ENC unit goes out.
(q) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(r) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(s) Route the replaced ENC cable, and fix it with the repeat binder.
When replacing the cable holder #A0/#A1, release the routing referring to Installation “2.5.8
(2) Routing of the cable routing bar#0” (INST 02-1240).
When replacing the cable holder #B0/#B1, release the routing referring to Installation “2.5.8
(3) Routing of the cable routing bar#1” (INST 02-1252).
(t) Return the power cables and ENC cables to the original state, and fix them with the repeat
binder in the middle. (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (4) Fixing the cables in the middle” (INST
02-1270)).
(u) If the cable tray is removed, attach it (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (5) Attaching the cable
tray” (INST 02-1280)).
(v) Close the cable routing bar.
(w) Attach the stopper on the rear side of the subsystem (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (6)
Attaching the stopper” (INST 02-1280)).
NOTE : Check that the cables of other subsystem are not being caught.
(x) Pull out the subsystem and check that the routing is performed correctly (refer to
Installation “2.5.8 (7) Checking Routing’” (INST 02-1290)).

REP 02-1158-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.11 Replacing Basic Chassis of Rack Mount Style

Perform this work only when an instructed to do so is given by the Technical Support Center
for coping with troubles.

CAUTION
Be sure to perform the operation with two or more workers.

CAUTION
y To prevent part failures caused by static electrical charge built up on your own
body, be sure to wear a wrist strap connected to the chassis before starting and
do not take it off until you finish.
y When you install a Disk Drive or Control Unit, support its metal part with your
hand that has the wrist strap. You can discharge static electricity by touching
the metal plate.

A failure may be caused by the electric shock since the Disk Drive and Control Unit is precision
instrument. Be sure to put on the wrist strap before starting work in order to protect Disk
Drive and Control Unit from electrostatic discharge.

NOTE : Before unpacking and replacing maintenance components, be sure to wear a

wrist strap and connect to ground the grounding clip in the opposite end of the
wrist strap to the chassis frame (metal part).
When you insert a Disk Drive or Control Unit into the subsystem, support the
Disk Drive or Control Unit as touching its metal part with fingers of your hand
that wears a wrist strap.

The clip side of wrist strap:

Control Unit Connect this to the metal part on
the frame of subsystem (rear face)
Disk Drive

Support the part by touching

its metal part (metal plate)
with your fingers
A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this
before starting maintenance.)

REP 02-1160-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned Not applicable 
on (hot replacement)
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Refer to “(1) Procedure for
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on replacement with the power
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because turned off” (REP 02-1180)
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

REP 02-1170-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

NOTE : y When the power has already been turned off, make sure that the cache is not
in the cache backup mode. (Refer to “1.1.2 Checking Cache Memory in the
Back-up State” (REP 01-0040).)
When the cache is in the cache backup mode, make the replacement after
canceling the mode.
y Write down the serial number of the subsystem before the replacement.
Write down the same serial number as the removed subsystem in the new
subsystem.

(a) Turn off the main switch. (The POWER LED goes out.)
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel goes out. If the power cannot be
turned off, have the Web be connected and find out a cause of the trouble

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

(b) Remove the Front Bezel. (Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Door of the Subsystem” (INST 01-0100).)
(c) Remove all the cables connected to the components (Control Unit, and Power Unit).

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Pull out the Control Unit and Power Unit a little, and then perform the cable
removal again. Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or
downward forcibly.

REP 02-1180-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(d) Remove parts (Disk Drives, Cache Backup Battery, FAN Unit, Control Unit, Power Unit, and
ENC Unit) referring to each removal procedure of them.
Affix labels bearing HDD numbers on the removed Disk Drives and put the drives in the box
for temporary storage arranging them in the same order as they were installed in the
subsystem.
The Disk Drive is not installed in RKH.
(e) Remove the frame and replace it with a new one. (The weight of the frame whose each part
is removed is 13 kg.)
Refer to Installation “2.4.3 Mounting on Rack Frame” (INST 02-0400) in the for Installation.
(f) Reinstall the parts. (Refer to “2.2 Replacement of Components” (REP 02-0030).)
Reinstall all the removed parts in the same positions where they were installed before.
(g) Return all the removed cables as they were before.
(h) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
(i ) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(j) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(k) Take out the device nameplate in which the same model name as the removed chassis is
described from the device nameplates attached to the new chassis. Write down the same
serial number as the removed chassis in the device nameplate, and then affix the device
nameplate to the new chassis.
When the device nameplate in which the same model name as the removed chassis is
described is not attached, take out the device nameplate in which the same rating and
producer country as the removed chassis are described and which the model name is not
described. Write down the same model name and serial number as the removed chassis in
the device nameplate, and then affix it to the new chassis.
To fill in the device nameplate, use the RoHS-compliant marker pen.
(l) Attach the Front Bezel.

REP 02-1190-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Disk Drive

Safekeeping of Disk Drive

Cache Backup Battery #(*2)

Address label Cache Backup Battery #0(*1)
Screw box

Power Unit #0

Device nameplate

Control Unit #1
c: Model Name
d: Rating
e: Serial Number
f: Producer country

Power Unit #1
Control Unit #0
*1 : Only one Cache Backup Battery is installed in the RKM/RKS in standard.
*2 : This Cache Backup Battery is option.
*3 : The figure shows RKM.

Figure 2.2.24 Replacing Basic Chassis of Rack Mount Style (RKM/RKS)

REP 02-1200-13
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Cache Backup Battery #3(*2)

Cache Backup Battery #2(*2)

Cache Backup Battery #0 (*1)

FAN Unit #1
FAN Unit #0
Cache Backup Battery #1(*1)

Power Unit #0

Device nameplate

Control Unit #1
c: Model Name
d: Rating
e: Serial Number
Control Unit #0
f: Producer country
Power Unit #1
*1 : The battery unit installed in RKH is installed in # 0 and # 1 by the standard.
*2 : This Cache Backup Battery is option.

Figure 2.2.25 Replacing Basic Chassis of Rack Mount Style (RKH)

REP 02-1210-13
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.12 Replacing Additional Chassis of Rack Mount Style

Perform this work only when an instructed to do so is given by the Technical Support Center
for coping with troubles.

CAUTION
y Be sure to perform the operation with two or more workers.
y Do not pull out multiple RKAKXs at a time because the rack can fall over.

CAUTION
y To prevent part failures caused by static electrical charge built up on your own
body, be sure to wear a wrist strap connected to the chassis before starting and
do not take it off until you finish.
y When you install a Disk Drive or ENC Unit, support its metal part with your hand
that has the wrist strap. You can discharge static electricity by touching the
metal plate.

A failure may be caused by the electric shock since the Disk Drive and ENC Unit is precision
instrument. Be sure to put on the wrist strap before starting work in order to protect Disk
Drive and ENC Unit from electrostatic discharge.

NOTE : Before unpacking and replacing maintenance components, be sure to wear a

wrist strap and connect to ground the grounding clip in the opposite end of the
wrist strap to the chassis frame (metal part).
When you insert a Disk Drive and ENC Unit into the subsystem, support the Disk
Drive and ENC Unit as touching its metal part with fingers of your hand that
wears a wrist strap.

ENC Unit (RKAK)

The clip side of wrist strap:
Connect this to the metal part on
the frame of subsystem
Disk Drive (RKAK)

Support the part by touching its

metal part (metal plate) with
your fingers A wrist strap (Be sure to wear this
before starting maintenance.)

ENC Unit (RKAKX)

Disk Drive (RKAKX)

REP 02-1220-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

NOTE : y When removing the Disk Drive to the RKAKX, check that the stabilizer is
installed to the front side of the rack.
If the stabilizer is not installed, install the stabilizer to the rack. (Refer to
Installation “2.2.1 (7) Installing the stabilizer” (INST 02-0090).)
y Do not pull out multiple RKAKXs at a time because the rack can fall over.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned Not applicable 
on (hot replacement)
2 Replacement with the power turned 1. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the Refer to “(1) Procedure for
off preventive replacement work while the READY LED (green) on replacement with the power
the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed because turned off” (REP 02-1230)
the automatic download of the ENC firmware is being executed.
Make the replacement after the LED lights on.
2. At the time of the preventive replacement, do not perform the
preventive replacement work while the WARNING LED (orange)
on the front of the Basic Chassis is blinking at high speed
because the update of the flash program or the automatic
download of the ENC firmware at the time of turning the power on
in the single controller configuration is being executed.
Perform the preventive replacement work after checking that the
WARNING LED (orange) on the front of the Basic Chassis goes
out at the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes later and the READY
LED (green) lights up.

(1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

(1-1) Replacing the RKAK
Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace,
the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-
0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))

NOTE : When the power has already been turned off, make sure that the cache is not in
the cache backup mode. (Refer to “1.1.2 Checking Cache Memory in the Back-
up State” (REP 01-0040).)
When the cache is in the cache backup mode, make the replacement after
canceling the mode.

REP 02-1230-07
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(a) Turn off the main switch. (The POWER LED goes out.)
Make sure that the POWER LED (green) on the Front Bezel go off. If you cannot turn off the
power, troubleshoot the failure by connecting to the Web.

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.
Pull out the Control Unit, Power Unit, and ENC Unit a little, and then perform
the cable removal again.
Besides, the cable can be damaged if it is bent upward or downward forcibly.

(d) Remove parts (Disk Drives, Power Unit, and ENC Unit) referring to each removal procedure of
them.
Affix labels bearing HDD numbers on the removed Disk Drives and put the drives in the box for
temporary storage arranging them in the same order as they were installed in the subsystem.
(e) Remove the frame and replace it with a new one. (The weight of the frame whose each part
has been removed is 13 kg.)
Refer to Installation “2.4.3 Mounting on Rack Frame” (INST 02-0400) in the Maintenance
Manual for Installation.
(f) Install all the removed parts in the same positions as before in the new chassis. (Refer to
“2.2 Replacement of Components” (REP 02-0030).)
(g) Return all the removed cables as they were before.
(h) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
(i ) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.

REP 02-1240-12
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(j) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(k) Take out the device nameplate in which the same model name as the removed chassis is
described from the device nameplates attached to the new chassis. Write down the same
serial number as the removed chassis in the device nameplate, and then affix the device
nameplate to the new chassis.
When the device nameplate in which the same model name as the removed chassis is
described is not attached, take out the device nameplate in which the same rating and
producer country as the removed chassis are described and which the model name is not
described. Write down the same model name and serial number as the removed chassis in
the device nameplate, and then affix it to the new chassis.
To fill in the device nameplate, use the RoHS-compliant marker pen.
(l) Attach the Front Bezel.

Disk Drive

Address label
Screw box

Safekeeping of Disk Drive

ENC Unit #0

Device nameplate

c: Model Name
Power Unit #0 d: Rating
e: Serial Number
f: Producer country
Power Unit #1 ENC Unit #1

Figure 2.2.26 Replacing Additional Chassis of Rack Mount Style (RKAK)

REP 02-1250-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1-2) Replacing the RKAKX

In this case, check that the C-PWR LED (green) on Control Unit is extinguished.

NOTE : If the C-PWR LED (green) is lit, it may be that some of the Cache memory data
has not been written into the disk. In this case, removing the Control Unit may
cause a loss of user data.

NOTE : When the cable cannot be removed easily, do not pull it by force.

(g) Remove all the cable holders connected to the RKAKX to be replaced referring to the
procedures for replacing the ENC cable.
(h) Remove the cable routing bar. (Refer to Installation “2.5.4 Installing the Cables Routing Bars”
(INST 02-1020))
(i) Pull the RKAKX out of the rack, and remove the top cover. (Refer to Installation "1.4.1 How
to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model" (INST 01-0100).)

REP 02-1251-10a
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(j) Remove all the Disk Drives and ENC units installed in the RKAKX to be replaced referring to
each removal procedure of them.
Put the removed Disk Drives in the box for temporary storage arranging them in the same
Disk Drive numbering order as they were installed in the subsystem.
(k) Remove the frame from the rack. (Refer to Installation “2.5.2 (2) Installing the RKAKX” (INST
02-0940).)
(l) Install the inners in a new frame. (Refer to Installation “2.5.2 (1) (a) Installing the Inners”
(INST 02-0920).)
(m) Remove the rack rails from the rack and install new ones in the rack. (Refer to Installation
“2.5.2 (1) (b) Installing the rails” (INST 02-0930).)
(n) Mount the new frame in the rack. (Refer to Installation “2.5.2 (2) Installing the RKAKX” (INST
02-0940).)
(o) Install all the removed Disk Drives and ENC Units in the same positions as before in the new
chassis. (Refer to “2.2 Replacement of Components” (REP 02-0030).)
(p) Take out the device nameplate in which the same model name as the removed chassis is
described from the device nameplates attached to the new chassis. Write down the same
serial number as the removed chassis in the device nameplate, and then affix the device
nameplate to the new chassis.
When the device nameplate in which the same model name as the removed chassis is
described is not attached, take out the device nameplate in which the same rating and
producer country as the removed chassis are described and which the model name is not
described. Write down the same model name and serial number as the removed chassis in
the device nameplate, and then affix it to the new chassis.
To fill in the device nameplate, use the RoHS-compliant marker pen.
(q) Attach its cover to the RKAKX, and return the RKAKX into the rack. (Refer to Installation
“1.4.1 How to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the Rackmount Model” (INST 01-0100).)

NOTE : Do not drop a screw and such in the subsystem.

If you dropped it, immediately remove it.
If you leave it unattended, the parts will short out, and it will cause a fire or a
failure.

(r) Install all the removed Power Units in the same positions as before in the new chassis.
(Refer to “2.2 Replacement of Components” (REP 02-0030).)
(s) Connect all the removed cable holders in the same positions as before in the new chassis.
(Refer to “2.2 Replacement of Components” (REP 02-0030).)
(t) Connect all the removed power cables in the same positions as before in the new chassis.
(Refer to “2.2 Replacement of Components” (REP 02-0030).)
(u) Install the cable routing bar. (Refer to “2.5.4 Installing the Cables Routing Bars” (REP 02-
1020).)
(v) If the cable tray is removed, attach it (Refer to Installation “2.5.8 (5) Attaching the cable
tray” (INST 02-1280)).
(w) Route the power cables and the ENC cables, and attach the stopper. (Refer to “2.5.8 Routing
the Cables” (REP 02-1240).)

REP 02-1252-18
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(x) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
(y) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 50 minutes, or 40 to 60 minutes in case of the RKH) or
the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes)
before the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(z) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).

ENC Unit #B1

ENC Unit #B0 ENC Unit #A0
ENC Unit #A1
Disk Drive

Power Unit #B0

Power Unit #B1

Cable holder

Power Unit #A0 Device nameplate

Power Unit #A1

c: Model Name
d: Rating
e: Serial Number
f: Producer country

Figure 2.2.26.1 Replacing Additional Chassis of Rack Mount Style (RKAKX)

REP 02-1253-18
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.13 Replacing Remote Adapter

Select a procedure from the following and execute it.

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 One Remote Adapter The replacement cannot be done in the state in which the subsystem See “(1) Replacement
power is on. procedure with the one
Remote Adapter” (REP 02-
1260).
2 When the Remote Adapter is If both of the two Remote Adapters are required to be replaced, be See “(2) Replacement
duplicated. sure to replace them one by one, or replace them in the state in procedure to be used when
which the subsystem power is turned off. the Remote Adapter is
duplicated” (REP 02-1270).

(1) Replacement procedure with the one Remote Adapter

NOTE : Make sure that the subsystem is not in the Cache Backup mode. (Refer to “1.1.2
Checking Cache Memory in the Back-up State” (REP 01-0040).) When the
subsystem is in the Cache Backup mode, perform the replacement after
canceling the mode.

(b) Remove all the remote and power cables from the Remote adapter.
(c) Replacing the new Remote Adapter
(d) Connect the removed remote cable and power cable.
(e) Turn on the main switch.
(f) Make sure that the following LEDs on the Remote Adapter are on.
y POWER LED
y LEDs for the connectors among the J100 to J105 to which the remote cables are connected.

REP 02-1260-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Remote Adapter

Power cable
(Input Remote adapter J1)

Remote cable

Figure 2.2.27 Replacing Remote Adapter

(2) Replacement procedure to be used when the Remote Adapter is duplicated

Perform the replacement work in the following procedure after collecting the simple trace, the
Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error according the message of the error
occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(a) Make sure that all the LEDs of the Remote Adapter not to be replaced are on.
(b) Remove the remote and power cables from the Remote Adapter to be replaced.
(c) Replacing the new Remote Adapter
(d) Connect the removed remote cable and power cable.
(e) Make sure that the following LEDs on the Remote Adapter are on.
y POWER LED
y LEDs for the connectors among the J100 to J105 to which the remote cables are connected.

REP 02-1270-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.14 Replacing an Additional Battery Box

Additional Battery Box has AC power supply model (DF-F800-N1RK) and DC power supply model
(DF-F800-N1RKD). The replacement procedure varies on each model.
Take care not to mistake the type name of components.

(1) Replacing the AC power supply model (DF-F800-N1RK)

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. When the power is turned off during the replacement, user data Refer to “(1-1) Procedure
on (hot replacement) on the cache that has not been written on a disk is not backed up for replacement with the
because the power is not supplied from the battery. power turned on ” (REP 02-
1281).
2 Replacement with the power turned off  Refer to “(1-2) Procedure
for replacement with the
power turned off ” (REP 02-
1283).

REP 02-1280-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1-1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

NOTE : Remove the cable for the Additional Battery Box by inserting the connector into
the Additional Battery Box side completely and pressing the latch of the
connector.

(b) Remove the Front Bezel from the replacing the Additional Battery Box.
(c) Remove two Binding screws (one each at left and right) on the front side fixing the Additional
Battery Box.
(d) Loosen the Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (two each at left and right) on the rear
side fixing the Additional Battery Box.
(e) Pull out and remove the Additional Battery Box from the front side.
(f) Install the Additional Battery Box from the front side so that the outlet opening aims at the
rear side of the subsystem.
(g) Fix the front part of the Additional Battery Box with two Binding screws (one place each at
left and right).
(h) Fix the rear part of the Additional Battery Box with two Stoppers (one place each at left and
right) and four Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (two places each at left and right).

NOTE : Shift each of the two Stoppers in the direction shown by the arrow and make it
contact the frame.

(i) Attach the Front Bezel to the front frame.

(j) Connect the removed special cables and power cables.
(k) Charge the battery after the RDY LED (green) on the Additional Battery Box blinks until it
changes to lighting. (Although the RDY LED (green) on the Additional Battery Box blinks
during the charge, it changes to lighting when the charge is completed. It is about 24 hours
at the maximum.)
(l) Check that the RDY LED (green) on the Additional Battery Box is on.
Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on and the ALARM LED
(red) and WARNING LED (orange) are off(‡1).
The READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the
maximum of 40 to 60 minutes).

REP 02-1281-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(m) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I041xy Battery recovered
(Additional Battery-y)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Additional Battery Box has completed.
(n) Dispose of recycling the Additional Battery Box in the removed Additional Battery Box. For
recycling, refer to “Chapter 5. Recycling” (REP 05-0000).

Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (*2)

Binding screws (*1)

Stopper

Additional Battery Box (front side) Additional Battery Box (rear side)
*1 When securing the RK40 rack frame, use the Bind screw (M5×10).
When securing the HP Rack Frame or the Sun StorEdge Rack Frame or the RS6000 rack frame, use the Bind screw
(M5×8).
*2 When securing the RK40 rack frame, use the Bind screw with washer (M3×10).
When securing the HP Rack Frame or the Sun StorEdge Rack Frame or the RS6000 rack frame, use the Bind screw
(M3×6).

Figure 2.2.28 Fixing the Front/Rear Part of the Additional Battery Box

ALM LED RDY LED

(red) (green)

Figure 2.2.29 Position of the LED on the Additional Battery Box (DF-F800-N1RK)

REP 02-1282-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(1-2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

Check the state of Device main switch at first.
y When main switch is on, work from procedure (a).
y When main switch is off, work from procedure (e).

(a) Collecting the simple trace, the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error
according the message of the error occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(b) Turn off the main switch
(c) Check to see that PWR LED (green) on the Front Bezel of the Basic Chassis turns off (POWER OFF).
If it does not go POWER OFF, connect the Maintenance PC to WEB (Refer to Troubleshooting
“Chapter 3. Before Starting WEB Connection” (TRBL 03-0000).), and analyze the cause of
failure.
(d) After turning off the main switch, check to see that C-PWR LED (green) on the Controller is off.

(e) Remove the special cables and power cables from the Additional Battery Box that ALM LED is
on.

NOTE : Remove the cable for the Additional Battery Box by inserting the connector into
the Additional Battery Box side completely and pressing the latch of the
connector.

(f) Remove the Front Bezel from the replacing the Additional Battery Box.
(g) Remove two Binding screws (one each at left and right) on the front side fixing the Additional
Battery Box.
(h) Loosen the Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (two each at left and right) on the rear
side fixing the Additional Battery Box.
(i) Pull out and remove the Additional Battery Box from the front side.
(j) Install the Additional Battery Box from the front side so that the outlet opening aims at the
rear side of the subsystem.
(k) Fix the front part of the Additional Battery Box with two Binding screws (one place each at
left and right).
( l ) Fix the rear part of the Additional Battery Box with two Stoppers (one place each at left and
right) and four Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (two places each at left and right).

NOTE : Shift each of the two Stoppers in the direction shown by the arrow and make it
contact the frame.

REP 02-1283-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(m) Attach the Front Bezel to the front frame.

(n) Connect the removed special cables and power cables.
(o) Turn on the main switch (the subsystem usually recovers in about five minutes).
(p) Charge the battery after the RDY LED (green) on the Additional Battery Box blinks until it
changes to lighting. (Although the RDY LED (green) on the Additional Battery Box blinks
during the charge, it changes to lighting when the charge is completed. It is about 24 hours
at the maximum.)
(q) Check that the RDY LED (green) on Additional Battery Box is on.
(r) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 40 to 60 minutes) or the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes) before the READY LED (green) on the front
of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(s) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(t) Recycle the removed Additional Battery Box. For the recycling procedure, refer to “Chapter
5. Recycling” (REP 05-0000).

REP 02-1284-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2) Replacing the DC power supply model (DF-F800-N1RKD)

No. Power status during the replacement Restriction Reference section

1 Replacement with the power turned 1. When the power is turned off during the replacement, user data Refer to “(2-1) Procedure
on (hot replacement) on the cache that has not been written on a disk is not backed up for replacement with the
because the power is not supplied from the battery. power turned on ” (REP 02-
1300).
2 Replacement with the power turned off  Refer to “(2-2) Procedure
for replacement with the
power turned off ” (REP 02-
1330).

REP 02-1290-11
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2-1) Procedure for replacement with the power turned on

NOTE : Remove the cable for the Additional Battery Box by inserting the connector into
the Additional Battery Box side completely and pressing the latch of the
connector.

(b) Remove the power cables.

(i) Turn off the Power Unit Switch on the Additional Battery Box to be replaced.
(ii) Ask the customer to turn off the input power connected to the Power Unit to be replaced.
(iii) Measure the terminal with a tester, and verify that the power is not supplied (0 V).
(iv) Record the relation of terminals and cable connection (The location of FG and positive and
negative terminals, and the color of cables).
(v) After waiting for one minute or longer, remove the terminal block cover of the Power Unit
to be replaced.
(vi) Remove the cable connected to the plus and minus power input terminals on the terminal
block.
(vii) Remove the FG cable from the frame ground (FG).
(c) Remove the Front Bezel of the slot which installs the Additional Battery Box.
(d) Remove two Binding screws (one each at left and right) on the front side fixing the Additional
Battery Box.
(e) Loosen the Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (two each at left and right) on the rear
side fixing the Additional Battery Box.
(f) Pull out and remove the Additional Battery Box from the front side.
(g) Install the Additional Battery Box from the front side so that the outlet opening aims at the
rear side of the subsystem.
(h) Fix the front part of the Additional Battery Box with two Binding screws (one place each at
left and right).
(i) Fix the rear part of the Additional Battery Box with two Stoppers (one place each at left and
right) and four Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (two places each at left and right).

NOTE : Shift each of the two Stoppers in the direction shown by the arrow and make it
contact the frame.

(j) Attach the Front Bezel to the front frame.

(k) Connect the removed special cables.
(l) Connect the power cables.

REP 02-1300-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(i) Connect the FG cable to the frame ground (FG).

(ii) Connect the cable to the plus and minus power input terminals on the terminal block.
When doing this, take care not to confuse the plus and minus terminals.
(iii) Reinstall the cover of the terminal block.
(iv) Ask the customer to turn on the input power.
(v) Turn on the Power Unit Switches (breaker) of the installed Additional Battery Box.
Check that the READY LED (green) of the Additional Battery Box blinks.
(m) Charge the battery after the RDY LED (green) on the Additional Battery Box blinks until it
changes to lighting. (Although the RDY LED (green) on the Additional Battery Box blinks
during the charge, it changes to lighting when the charge is completed. It is about 24 hours
at the maximum.)
(n) Check that the RDY LED (green) on the Additional Battery Box is on.
Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis is on and the ALARM LED
(red) and WARNING LED (orange) are off(‡1).
The READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis may blink at high speed (for the
maximum of 40 to 60 minutes).
(o) Refer to “Information Message” on WEB, and check to see that [I041xy Battery recovered
(Additional Battery-y)] is indicated. (Refer to WEB “2.5 Information Message” (WEB 02-0110).)
When this is indicated, the replacement of Cache Backup Battery has completed.
(p) Dispose of recycling the battery in the removed Cache Backup Battery. For recycling, refer
to “Chapter 5. Recycling” (REP 05-0000).

REP 02-1310-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (*2)

Binding screws (*1)

Stopper

Figure 2.2.29.1 Fixing the Front/Rear Part of the Additional Battery Box (Rack Mount Model)

ALM LED RDY LED

(red) (green)

Figure 2.2.29.2 Position of the LED on the Additional Battery Box (DF-F800-N1RKD)

FG cable (+) cable

Additional Battery Box
(DF-F800-N1RKD)
(-) cable

Frame ground (FG)

Screws
Terminal block cover

Figure 2.2.29.3 Power Cable Connection

REP 02-1320-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(2-2) Procedure for replacement with the power turned off

Check the state of Device main switch at first.
y When main switch is on, work from procedure (a).
y When main switch is off, work from procedure (e).

(a) Collecting the simple trace, the Control Unit blockade trace, and the Full Dump error
according the message of the error occurred.
y For the Simple Trace (Troubleshooting “7.3 Collecting Simple Trace” (TRBL 07-0040))
y For the CTL Alarm Trace (Troubleshooting “7.4 Collecting CTL Alarm Trace” (TRBL 07-0090))
y For the Full Dump (Troubleshooting “7.5 Collecting Full Dump” (TRBL 07-0140))
(b) Turn off the main switch
(c) Check to see that PWR LED (green) on the Front Bezel of the Basic Chassis turns off (POWER
OFF).
If it does not go POWER OFF, connect the Maintenance PC to WEB (Refer to Troubleshooting
“Chapter 3. Before Starting WEB Connection” (TRBL 03-0000).), and analyze the cause of
failure.
(d) After turning off the main switch, check to see that C-PWR LED (green) on the Controller is off.

(e) Remove the special cables from the Additional Battery Box that ALM LED is on.

NOTE : Remove the cable for the Additional Battery Box by inserting the connector into
the Additional Battery Box side completely and pressing the latch of the
connector.

(f) Remove the power cables.

(i) Ask to turn off the input power connected to the Power Unit to be replaced.
(ii) Measure the terminal with a tester, and verify that the power is not supplied (0 V).
(iii) Record the relation of terminals and cable connection (The location of FG and positive and
negative terminals, and the color of cables).
(iv) After waiting for one minute or longer, remove the terminal block cover of the Power Unit
to be replaced.
(v) Remove the cable connected to the plus and minus power input terminals on the terminal
block.
(vi) Remove the FG cable from the frame ground (FG).
(g) Remove the Front Bezel of the slot which installs the Additional Battery Box.
(h) Remove two Binding screws (one each at left and right) on the front side fixing the Additional
Battery Box.
(i) Loosen the Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (two each at left and right) on the rear
side fixing the Additional Battery Box.
(j) Pull out and remove the Additional Battery Box from the front side.
Copyright © 2009, 2010, Hitachi, Ltd.
REP 02-1330-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(k) Install the Additional Battery Box from the front side so that the outlet opening aims at the
rear side of the subsystem.
(l) Fix the front part of the Additional Battery Box with two Binding screws (one place each at
left and right).
( m ) Fix the rear part of the Additional Battery Box with two Stoppers (one place each at left and
right) and four Binding screws or Bind screw with washer (two places each at left and right).

NOTE : Shift each of the two Stoppers in the direction shown by the arrow and make it
contact the frame.

(n) Attach the Front Bezel to the front frame.

(o) Connect the removed special cables.
(p) Connect the power cables.

(i) Connect the FG cable to the frame ground (FG).

REP 02-1340-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(t) Check that the READY LED (green) on the front of the Basic Chassis lights up, and the ALARM
LED (red) and the WARNING LED (orange) go out(‡1). The READY LED (green) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 40 to 60 minutes) or the WARNING LED (orange) may blink at
high speed (for the maximum of 30 to 85 minutes) before the READY LED (green) on the front
of the Basic Chassis lights up.
(u) Check that the start message and the end message of the drive firmware automatic download
are displayed. When the drive firmware version of the disk drive is new, the start message
and completion message of the drive firmware automatic download are not displayed.
When the message indicating the abnormal termination is displayed, perform the
maintenance according the recovery method in the message code (refer to Firmware “1.6 (4)
Checking the start message and end message of the automatic download (FIRM 01-0890)”).
(v) Recycle the removed battery. For the recycling procedure, refer to “Chapter 5. Recycling”
(REP 05-0000).

REP 02-1350-17
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

2.2.15 Replacing Front Bezel

CAUTION
Attach or remove the Front Bezel carefully following the procedure. Otherwise,
you may hurt your fingers by pinching them.

CAUTION
y To prevent part failures caused by static electrical charge built up on your own
body, be sure to wear a wrist strap connected to the chassis before starting and
do not take it off until you finish.
y Since front bezels of the RKH/RKM/RKS and the RKAK are different with each
other in their size.
y When installing or removing the Front Bezel, try not to operate the main switch
incorrectly with the hook or the ON/OFF button of the Front Bezel.

A key is necessary to attach or remove the Front Bezel.

(1) Insert the key into the keyhole on the replacing Front Bezel and release the Lock of the Front
Bezel.
(2) Pull the replacing Front Bezel toward you holding its sides to disengage it from the ball
catches.
(3) Disengage the two hooks of the replacing Front Bezel from the slots on the subsystem main
body by shifting the bezel to the right and remove the bezel.
(4) Hold the side of new Front Bezel with your both hands.
(5) Hang the hook of the new Front Bezel (left side) on the hole in the bottom left part of the
subsystem.
(6) Hang the hook of the new Front Bezel (right side) on the hole in the bottom right part of the
subsystem.
(7) After making the hooks of the new Front Bezel engaged, press the bezel against the main body
until it is stopped.
(8) Fix the attached Front Bezel by turning the key.

REP 02-1360-11
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Front Bezel

Ball catches

Hook (left side)

Key Hook (right side)

ON/OFF button
The state in which the slit of the keyhole is aligned The RKM/RKS is shown as an example.
with the mark.
(The key can be inserted or pulled out in this state.)
To unlock

To lock Keyhole

Figure 2.2.30 Procedure for Replacing Front Bezel

NOTE : y When inserting and turning the key, have it inserted completely. If it is
turned when it is inserted half way, a damage of it may be caused.

Locking Pull the key off aligning its groove with the
Key positioning mark on the lock. (The key can
be inserted or pulled off in this state.)

The key cannot be pulled off when its

groove is not aligned with the positioning
Unlocking mark on the lock.

y When removing the key after locking up the Front Bezel, pull it off aligning its
groove with the positioning mark on the lock.
When the key is pulled off in the state where its groove is not aligned with the
positioning mark on the lock, a damage of the lock may be caused.

REP 02-1370-11
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Chapter 3. Periodic Maintenance

This chapter contains information on items of periodical maintenance which is performed to

prevent failures of the subsystem from occurring and to maintain operation performance.

3.1 Periodic Maintenance Items

Table 3.1.1 shows periodical maintenance items of the subsystem. Inspect and clean the
subsystem regularly according to the operation environment.

Table 3.1.1 Periodic Maintenance Items

Inspection item for each model Standard
Interval
No. Item (*1) Rackmount Model time required
(*2)
Rackmount Model (RK40)
Inspecting Fan Unit
1 Inspection Y1 “3.2.1 Inspecting Fans” (REP 03-0010) 5 min
Fans Power Unit
Cleaning Cleaning the Front bezel 5 min
Y1 “3.2.2 Cleaning the Subsystem” (REP 03-0020)
2 subsystem
Rear door Y1 “3.2.2 Cleaning the Subsystem” (REP 03-0020) 5 min
Replacement of Battery Y5 “3.3.1 Replacing Battery” (REP 03-0040) 10 min
periodical replacement Additional
Y5 “3.3.1 Replacing Battery” (REP 03-0040) 15 min
part Battery Box (AC)
3 Additional
Y5 “3.3.1 Replacing Battery” (REP 03-0040) 20 min
Battery Box (DC)
Air Filter “3.3.2 Replacing the Air Filter of the Front Bezel” (REP 03-
Y1 5 min
0050)
*1 : The maintenance intervals were set on the assumption that the average operation hours of the subsystem is 400
hours/month. Therefore, in the following cases, consult the customer to decide whether to change the
intervals or not taking the actual operation hours in consideration. (See Table 3.1.2.)
*2 : Working hours change by the case where one RKH/RKM/RKS is checked, and the number of RKAK.

Table 3.1.2 Change of Maintenance Interval

Factors requiring change of maintenance interval
Object item Remarks
Case of shortening the interval Case of lengthening the interval
• Inspection of fans y Operation hours are long. y Operation hours are short. Also examine items to be added to
• Cleaning of the y Installation environment is bad. y Installation environment is excellent. the factors shown on the left such as
subsystem y To fit the interval for user's operation the frequency of the subsystem
schedule. failure occurrence and items
y To improve service for user common to the subsystem and a
y Necessity to shorten the interval is connected system.
recognized for other reason.

REP 03-0000-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

3.2 Inspecting and Cleaning Rackmount Model with RK40 Rack Frame
3.2.1 Inspecting Fans
There are a fan built into the Power Unit and a fan of Fan Unit.
A Fan Unit is only installed in the RKH.
Inspect the fans in the status where the subsystem power is turned on.

CAUTION
Since each fan is rotating with high-speed, be careful not to be caught by it.

(1) Open the rear door. (See Figure 3.2.1.)

(a) Insert the key to the keyhole on the rear door, and turn the key to the left to open lock (c).
(b) Push the lower part of the lever, and push down the upper part of the lever toward (d,e).
(c) Turn the lever to the left, and pull the lever toward, and then open the rear door (f,g).
(2) Make sure that the fans are rotating.
Make sure that the fans of the Power Unit in the rear of the mounted unit are rotating.
In the case of the RKH, make sure that the fans of the Fan Unit in the front of the mounted unit
are rotating.
(3) Close the rear door.
(a) Close the rear door, and push and turn the lever to the right (h,i).
(b) Raise the lever, and push the upper part of the lever (j).
(c) Insert the key to the keyhole on the rear door, and turn the key to the right to lock (k).

REP 03-0010-01
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

3.2.2 Cleaning the Subsystem

To clear the subsystem, check whether or not air vents are clogged by dust. If they are
clogged, remove the dust with a vacuum cleaner or wipe the dust out from it with a dry cloth.

CAUTION
y Be sure to keep the front bezel and rear panel clean.
Or else, the ventilation is deteriorated so that the temperature inside the
subsystem may rise causing a failure or even a fire.
y Be careful not to move the subsystem during cleaning.

CAUTION
If you touch a live part, it is feared that you receive an electric shock.

(1) Clean the outside of the Front Bezel.

(2) Insert the key in the Front Bezel and turn it in the direction shown by the arrow c (→) to
unlatch the bezel.

CAUTION
Attach or remove the front bezel carefully following the procedure. Otherwise, you
may hurt your fingers by pinching them.

(3) Remove the Front Bezel. (Refer to Installation “1.4 How to Open/Close Door or
Attach/Remove Front Bezel/Rear Door of the Subsystem” (INST 01-0100).)
(4) Clean the internal surfaces of the Front Bezel.
(5) Attach the Front Bezel.
(6) Turn the key in the direction shown by the allow d (·····>) to latch the Front Bezel.
(7) Clean the external surfaces of the rear door.
(8) Open the rear door.
(a) Insert the key to the keyhole on the rear door, and turn the key to the left to open lock (c).
(b) Push the lower part of the lever, and push down the upper part of the lever toward (d,e).
(c) Turn the lever to the left, and pull the lever toward, and then open the rear door (f,g).
(9) Clean the internal surfaces of the rear door.
(10) Close the rear door.
(a) Close the rear door, and push and turn the lever to the right (h,i).
(b) Raise the lever, and push the upper part of the lever (j).
(c) Insert the key to the keyhole on the rear door, and turn the key to the right to lock (k).

REP 03-0020-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Places where cleaning is required

RK40 rack frame
Rear Door

Front Bezel c
(Additional Chassis)
d

The case where one Basic j

Chassis and ten Additional
e
Chassis are mounted is
shown.
f i
Places where cleaning is
required h
g
(Front bezel)

To lockd
RKM/RKS
To unlockc Key (Rear view)
Front Bezel
Front bezel (Additional Battery Box)
(Basic Chassis)
Inspecting fan (Fans in the Power Unit)
RKH/RKHED
(Front view) RKH
(Rear view)

Inspecting fan (Fans of the Fan Unit) Inspecting fan (Fans in the Power Unit)

RKHED
(Rear view)

Inspecting fan (Fans in the Power Unit)

RKAK RKAKD
(Rear view) (Rear view)

Inspecting fan (Fans in the Power Unit) Inspecting fan (Fans in the Power Unit)

RKAKX
(Rear view)

Inspecting fan (Fans in the Power Unit)

Figure 3.2.1 Inspecting and Cleaning Rackmount Model with RK40 Rack Frame

REP 03-0030-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

3.3 Replacing Periodical Replacement Parts

y In the subsystem, a battery, which is a part with limited life, is used and it must be replaced
periodically. To replace the battery, replace the Cache Backup Battery containing the
battery.
The battery has a usable period. Confirm the time limit and do not use the battery which
passed the time limit.
When replacing two Cache Backup Battery at the same time (RKM/RKS) or replacing four at
the same time (RKH), it can be performed during the operation (being used for the
customer’s business), but the Cache becomes the write through mode and the R/W
performance is slightly deteriorated.
y The DC power supply model array has Front Bezel with the Air Filter installed.
Replace this Air Filter each year.

3.3.1 Replacing Battery

CAUTION
y Do not disassemble the battery, or a burn or electric shock may be caused.
y If a battery is handled wrongly, it is feared that an explosion is caused.

CAUTION
y When a device is kept with power-off for more than six months, the battery may
be excessively discharged, and it may cause an unrecoverable damage.
In such a storing condition, the battery must be charged once every six months
for more than 24 hours.

(1) For the procedure for replacing a Cache Backup Battery, refer to “2.2.2 Replacing Cache
Backup Battery” (REP 02-0280).
For the procedure for replacing an Additional Battery Box, refer to “2.2.14 Replacing an
Additional Battery Box” (REP 02-01280).
(2) For disposing and keeping the used battery, refer to “Chapter 5. Recycling” (REP 05-0000).

REP 03-0040-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

3.3.2 Replacing the Air Filter of the Front Bezel

The following work is for the RKHED whose the Front Bezel type name is DF-F800-UBKD and for
the RKAKD whose the Front Bezel type name is DF-F800-UBKAD.

(1) Remove the Front Bezel. (Refer to Installation “1.4.1 How to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of
the Rackmount Model” (INST 01-0100).)
(2) Loosen two screws on the back of the Front Bezel.
(3) Tilt the upper part of the metal plate toward you, and disengage the metal plate from the
hooks.
(4) Replace the Air Filter.

NOTE : Attach the Air Filter so that the cutout of the Air Filter is located in the Lens
part on the Front Bezel.

(5) Hang the metal plate on the hook to attach it.

(6) Tighten two screws on the back of the Front Bezel to fix the metal plate.
(7) Attach the Front Bezel. (Refer to Installation “1.4.1 How to Attach/Remove Front Bezel of the
Rackmount Model” (INST 01-0100).)
(8) Using the Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2, set the Air Filter information. (Refer to System
Parameter “Chapter 10. Setting Air Filter Information” (SYSPR 10-0000).)

(a) Back Side of Front Bezel for the Basic Chassis

With the metal plate installed With the metal plate removed
Screws
Lens part Cutout
Metal plate
Air Filter

Hooks

(b) Back Side of Front Bezel for the Additional Chassis

With the metal plate installed With the metal plate removed
Screws
Lens part Cutout
Metal plate Air Filter

Hooks

Figure 3.3.1 Parts Locations on the Front Bezel Back Side

REP 03-0050-16
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Chapter 4. Maintenance Tools

4.1 Maintenance Tools for Hardware

Names and usages of maintenance tools to be used for installation and maintenance are shown
below.

No. Tool name Specification Usage

1 Slotted screwdriver No.1 For Local/Remote Mode Setting and Web special window display
setting (rotary switch)
2 Phillips screwdriver No.2 General use
3 Allen wrench No.4 For fastening of power cable.
4 Spanner No.22 For adjusting leveling bolt (of RK40 rack frame)
5 Wrist strap − For discharge static electricity
6 RoHS-compliant marker − To write in the cable label/device nameplate
pen

REP 04-0000-13
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

4.2 Maintenance Tools for Software

Maintenance tool consists of Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 or Subsystem’s built-in Web,
trace analysis tool (TDCONV), and back-end diagnostic tool.

The following describes the outline of each maintenance tool.

(1) Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2

Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 is operated on the terminal device (RC and WEB etc)
connected through a LAN with Array unit. This program enables you to perform the operation
for Array unit such as referencing the state of Array unit and setting a configuration.
For details, refer to “Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2 (for GUI) User’s Guide”.

(2) Subsystem’s built-in WEB

By having WEB function in Array unit, you can access the Array unit from the terminal device
connected through a LAN using a WEB browser. Subsystem’s built-in WEB enables you to
perform the maintenance operations such as confirming a failure status of the subsystem,
referencing a error message, installing the firmware, and collecting failure information.
For details, refer to “Maintenance manual for WEB”.

Connection of maintenance tools for software is shown in Figure 4.2.1.

WS/PC
WEB Browser
Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2

Host computer

Fibre Channel I/F

Port connection for user

Port for user management
Subsystem's L management
A Port connection for
built-in WEB N Port for maintenance
maintenance
Maintenance PC
WEB Browser
Hitachi Storage Navigator Modular 2

Figure 4.2.1 Connection of Maintenance Tool for Software

REP 04-0010-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

Chapter 5. Recycling

(1) Parts to be recycled

The battery used in the subsystem is a sealed Nickel-hydride rechargeable battery.
The lead battery is a valuable resource which can be recycled.
When you replace it or dispose of a used subsystem, please cooperate in the recycling.
How to dispose of the battery or Cache Backup Battery which becomes useless owing to
replacement etc. is shown below.

DANGER
y Do not disassemble the case, do not modify it, or do not peel off the label.
There are high voltage parts inside: If you attempt any of these actions, you may
get an electrical shock or burn.
y Do not disassemble the battery; this may cause short circuits inside or outside
of the battery. If the components are exposed to the air, the battery may cause
overheat, burst or ignite. Disassembling the battery may expose you to its
alkaline solution, which can be dangerous.
y Do not cut the output cable. Do not modify the connector. If you attempt any
of these actions, you may get an electrical shock or burn. A short-circuit may
cause abnormal chemical reactions inside the battery which leads to
overheating, bursting or ignition.
y Follow the instructions when you recharge the battery pack. If you recharge it
in a way different from specified here, it may cause the following problems: The
battery may become charged excessively; excessive current may be produced;
or the battery cannot be recharged. As a result, the battery may leak, become
overheated, burst, or ignite.
y Do not use excessive force when you connect the battery pack to the charger or
other devices. If you cannot connect it easily, check the positive and negative
are correct for the connector. If you connect the battery in reverse, it will be
charged incorrectly and abnormal chemical reactions may occur inside. As a
result, the battery may become overheated, burst or ignite.
y Do not connect the battery to a power receptacle. If you apply an excessive
amount of voltage to the battery, it may produce excessive current making the
battery overheat, burst or ignite.
y Do not use or leave the battery where the temperature can become high, such
as, near a fire or a heating element. High temperatures may damage the
battery’s separator, which may cause short circuit, making it overheat, burst or
ignite.
y Do not incinerate the battery pack or heat it. If you do so, the insulator may melt,
the safety fuse/mechanism may be damaged, or the electrolyte may gush out.
As a result, the battery may become burst, explode or ignite.

REP 05-0000-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

y Do not connect the negative terminal to the positive with metal wire. Do not
carry or store the battery with other metal parts. This may cause a short circuit
or produce excessive current which can cause the battery to leak, overheat,
burst or ignite.
y Do not let the battery become wet by soaking it in the water or seawater. If the
battery gets wet, a short circuit may occur and an excessive amount of current
may be produced causing abnormal chemical reactions inside. As a result, the
battery may become overheated, burst or ignite.
y Do not nail the battery, hit it with a hammer, or stamp on it. The battery may be
broken or dented and a short circuit may occur inside. As a result, the battery
may become overheated, burst or ignite.
y Do not solder directly to the battery. If you do so, heat will melt the insulator
and damage the safety fuse/mechanism. As a result, the battery may leak or
may become overheated, burst or ignite.
y Do not recharge the battery where there is a high temperature, such as near a
fire.
This may cause abnormal chemical reactions inside the battery and it may
become overheated, burst or ignite. High temperatures may also cause
deterioration of performance/life of the battery.

REP 05-0010-00
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

WARNING
y Do not place the battery pack in the microwave oven or under high pressure.
Either of these actions will rapidly heat the battery or break its seals: As a result,
the battery may become overheated, burst or ignite.
y If you find anything strange or unusual with the battery when you use/carry/store
it, remove the battery from the device and stop using it. For example, strange
smells, strange colors, or deformation are a sign you must stop using the
battery.
y If it takes longer than the specified time to complete recharging, stop recharging
the battery: Otherwise, the battery may become overheated, burst or ignite.
y If the battery leaks and gets into your eyes, immediately flush your eyes with
clean water (tap water) and do not rub your eye. Then visit the doctor
immediately. If you do not seek any treatment for your eyes, problems may
occur later. Because the battery uses highly concentrated alkaline as
electrolyte, it may burn or you may lose your sight if it contacts your skin or
eyes. If the battery’s liquid contacts your skin or eyes, you must flush them
with plenty of clean water and visit the doctor at once.

(2) Display of recycling mark

The following three-arrow recycling mark shows that the sealed Nickel-hydride rechargeable
battery is a part to be recycled. A label bearing the mark is affixed on the battery.

(3) Specifications of lead battery

Table 5.1 Specifications of Sealed Nickel-hydride Rechargeable Battery

No. Specification Cache Backup Battery (DF-F800-N1K) Additional Battery Box
(DF-F800-N1RK/ DF-F800-N1RK/D)
1 Manufacturer Matsushita Battery Industrial Co., Ltd.
2 Model HHR-33AH15W3
3 Voltage (V) 6
4 Capacity 9600 57600
(mAh)

REP 05-0020-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(4) Disposal and safety in storage

Before storing a sealed Nickel-hydride rechargeable battery, cover its terminals with electric
tape, etc. to prevent a short circuit. Store it separately from batteries of other type such as
dry battery.

(5) Method of storage

Table 5.2 Storage Method

No. Item Requirement
1 Storage method Store a Cache Backup Battery and an Additional Battery Box being packed in the
following conditions.
y Do not apply it any unusual vibration or shock.
y Do not put it on its side.
y In the case of the Cache Backup Battery, keep it in a place where the
temperature is within a range of 0 to 35 oC (25 oC or less in average).
y In the case of the Additional Battery Box, keep it in a place where the
temperature is within a range of 0 to 35 oC (25 oC or less in average).
2 Allowable storage term The expiration date of the storage able term is a date indicated on the usable term
label.
3 Stock management(*1) Manage stored batteries or Cache Backup Battery in the way of FIFO.
Since a label for entering the usable time limit is affixed on each package, please
utilize it.
*1 : When replacing the Cache Backup Battery, check the usable time limit of it following “(6)
Checking usable term of maintenance part” (REP 05-0030).

REP 05-0030-19
DF800 Hitachi Proprietary K6603315-

(6) Checking usable term of maintenance part

If the battery is left uncharged for longer than six months, it will discharge excessively and
becomes unable to be fully recharged. Therefore, when the battery is stored as a
maintenance part, it must be stored on charge under the following condition.
In the case of the Cache Backup Battery, it is necessary to use it within one year. (Concerning
the batteries mounted on the subsystem, since they are charged while the subsystem power is
on, no problem will occur.)
In the case of the Additional Battery Box, it is necessary to use it within one year.

Table 5.3 Term of Maintenance Part

Conditions
No. Items
Cache Backup Battery Additional Battery Box
1 Period of Long-term storage One year One year
2 Storage temperature 0 oC ~35 oC (25 oC or less in 0 oC ~35 oC (25 oC or less in
average) average)
3 Supplemental charge interval Once per six months Once per six months

The first recharge

Months elapsed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Maximum storage period for battery inventory is twelve months.

Please discard batteries
Please discard batteries which
which have not been
are stored over twelve months.
recharged over six months.

Figure 5.1 The chart for recharging

REP 05-0040-19

ZF Ecomat 2 Hp502 552 592 602 Repair Manual
100% (62)
ZF Ecomat 2 Hp502 552 592 602 Repair Manual
20 pages
Modula WMS
No ratings yet
Modula WMS
8 pages
Mof D51-22 Cebm019100
83% (6)
Mof D51-22 Cebm019100
764 pages
Introduction to Power System Protection
From Everand
Introduction to Power System Protection
Dr. Hidaia Mahmood Alassouli
4/5 (2)
5G, 4G, Vonr Crash Course Complete Log Anaylsis
50% (2)
5G, 4G, Vonr Crash Course Complete Log Anaylsis
11 pages
KONICA MINOLTA C500 CF5001 Service Manual (Field Service)
No ratings yet
KONICA MINOLTA C500 CF5001 Service Manual (Field Service)
587 pages
EF-35 - Service Manual
No ratings yet
EF-35 - Service Manual
53 pages
Es5008a SM EN 0007d
100% (3)
Es5008a SM EN 0007d
1,081 pages
SRS For School Management Software
77% (13)
SRS For School Management Software
7 pages
Test Dump MD100
No ratings yet
Test Dump MD100
378 pages
Installation: Hitachi Proprietary K6603315
No ratings yet
Installation: Hitachi Proprietary K6603315
190 pages
Df7150all - df700 Maintenance Manual Rev1 05-05 PDF
100% (1)
Df7150all - df700 Maintenance Manual Rev1 05-05 PDF
1,560 pages
Del Medical EV800 Table
No ratings yet
Del Medical EV800 Table
198 pages
HDS DF800 Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
HDS DF800 Maintenance Manual
26 pages
HDS DF800 Maintenance Manual Safety
No ratings yet
HDS DF800 Maintenance Manual Safety
44 pages
06 Add
No ratings yet
06 Add
190 pages
Frontiers Dx100
No ratings yet
Frontiers Dx100
303 pages
E-Studio330ac 400ac Es400ac SMC en 0002
No ratings yet
E-Studio330ac 400ac Es400ac SMC en 0002
454 pages
Dx80s2 Dx90s2 Installation Instruction
No ratings yet
Dx80s2 Dx90s2 Installation Instruction
229 pages
es2000AC SMC EN 0005a
No ratings yet
es2000AC SMC EN 0005a
423 pages
A D T 8 8 6 0 + T V 1 0 0 4 C M User's Manual
No ratings yet
A D T 8 8 6 0 + T V 1 0 0 4 C M User's Manual
76 pages
Manual de Servicio X Omat 2000
No ratings yet
Manual de Servicio X Omat 2000
56 pages
FrontierS Service Manual Rev.C
No ratings yet
FrontierS Service Manual Rev.C
287 pages
Meka - Mvi 90 Crusher Blue Book
No ratings yet
Meka - Mvi 90 Crusher Blue Book
99 pages
es2000AC SM EN 0006c
No ratings yet
es2000AC SM EN 0006c
1,153 pages
DADF-S1 (Ir5075) - Portable Manual
67% (3)
DADF-S1 (Ir5075) - Portable Manual
46 pages
Greenheck-Bidw Fan
No ratings yet
Greenheck-Bidw Fan
12 pages
eS400AC SMC EN000
No ratings yet
eS400AC SMC EN000
434 pages
FH400J - FH500J MAINTENANCE MANUAL M0250V110
No ratings yet
FH400J - FH500J MAINTENANCE MANUAL M0250V110
131 pages
Dadf Ab1 IR2520 30 PM
No ratings yet
Dadf Ab1 IR2520 30 PM
24 pages
SVC Field CF5001
No ratings yet
SVC Field CF5001
587 pages
legion_go_s_8arp1_hmm
No ratings yet
legion_go_s_8arp1_hmm
64 pages
Model OP-P/MF Field Service Manual: April, 2014
No ratings yet
Model OP-P/MF Field Service Manual: April, 2014
184 pages
GL1105-LIM-04-MMM001_HS_Plough
No ratings yet
GL1105-LIM-04-MMM001_HS_Plough
100 pages
Konica cf5001
No ratings yet
Konica cf5001
587 pages
Kyocera Fs c8650dn
No ratings yet
Kyocera Fs c8650dn
752 pages
Operational Manual-SV06
No ratings yet
Operational Manual-SV06
40 pages
Pro-C751 FSM en Final 220811
No ratings yet
Pro-C751 FSM en Final 220811
1,598 pages
Es5008a SM EN 0000
No ratings yet
Es5008a SM EN 0000
972 pages
Instruction Manual: Band Sawing Machine
No ratings yet
Instruction Manual: Band Sawing Machine
37 pages
Document 456557, Models TCB, TCBRU and TCBRS Tubular Centrifugal Fans, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
Document 456557, Models TCB, TCBRU and TCBRS Tubular Centrifugal Fans, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
16 pages
RepAnltg ZF Stufe - 3
100% (1)
RepAnltg ZF Stufe - 3
334 pages
LCT RT4000 Service
No ratings yet
LCT RT4000 Service
41 pages
QSF-V Service Manuals
No ratings yet
QSF-V Service Manuals
350 pages
Ga 800
No ratings yet
Ga 800
566 pages
4149 751 604 - Ecomat 2 EN Stufe 3-Comprimido - Compressed-1-128
100% (2)
4149 751 604 - Ecomat 2 EN Stufe 3-Comprimido - Compressed-1-128
128 pages
Portable Manual: Finisher, Sorter, Deliverytray Additional Finisher Tray-B1
No ratings yet
Portable Manual: Finisher, Sorter, Deliverytray Additional Finisher Tray-B1
36 pages
e07INST0 1
No ratings yet
e07INST0 1
87 pages
Model Pro C901S/Pro C901 Machine Code: D095/M077 Field Service Manual
No ratings yet
Model Pro C901S/Pro C901 Machine Code: D095/M077 Field Service Manual
20 pages
Ricoh Pro c901
No ratings yet
Ricoh Pro c901
1,642 pages
YOGA C630-13Q50 Hardware Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
YOGA C630-13Q50 Hardware Maintenance Manual
60 pages
Teriostar Maintenance Manual
100% (1)
Teriostar Maintenance Manual
380 pages
E49 HMM en
No ratings yet
E49 HMM en
100 pages
Powerflex 700S Frame 9 HWSM
No ratings yet
Powerflex 700S Frame 9 HWSM
98 pages
Service Manual: MX-M260/M310 MX-M260N/M310N
No ratings yet
Service Manual: MX-M260/M310 MX-M260N/M310N
137 pages
Service Manual: Finisher, Sorter, Deliverytray 3 Way Unit-A1
No ratings yet
Service Manual: Finisher, Sorter, Deliverytray 3 Way Unit-A1
24 pages
2533020100 (1902478 A)_XR1270,1500,XR500 5AX,XR700 APC_Maintenance Manual(維修)
No ratings yet
2533020100 (1902478 A)_XR1270,1500,XR500 5AX,XR700 APC_Maintenance Manual(維修)
35 pages
S mpc6501
No ratings yet
S mpc6501
1,092 pages
Sharp Mx-m260 Mx-m310 SM PG
No ratings yet
Sharp Mx-m260 Mx-m310 SM PG
215 pages
Service Manual: MX-M260/M310 MX-M260N/M310N
No ratings yet
Service Manual: MX-M260/M310 MX-M260N/M310N
137 pages
Industrial Electric Motors: Installation, Running, Advanced Maintenance and Reliability
From Everand
Industrial Electric Motors: Installation, Running, Advanced Maintenance and Reliability
Mohammed Hamed Ahmed Soliman
No ratings yet
Introduction to Power System Protection
From Everand
Introduction to Power System Protection
Dr. Hidaia Mahmood Alassoulii
No ratings yet
Influence of System Parameters Using Fuse Protection of Regenerative DC Drives
From Everand
Influence of System Parameters Using Fuse Protection of Regenerative DC Drives
Dr. Hedaya Alasooly
No ratings yet
Stair Lighting Timer
From Everand
Stair Lighting Timer
Dr. Hidaia Mahmood Alassouli
No ratings yet
Download Full (Ebook) Introduction to IoT by Misra;Mukherjee; Roy ISBN 9781108842952, 9781108913560, 9781108959742, 110884295X, 1108913563, 1108959741, 2020037656, 2020037657 PDF All Chapters
100% (8)
Download Full (Ebook) Introduction to IoT by Misra;Mukherjee; Roy ISBN 9781108842952, 9781108913560, 9781108959742, 110884295X, 1108913563, 1108959741, 2020037656, 2020037657 PDF All Chapters
65 pages
Data Wrangling
No ratings yet
Data Wrangling
30 pages
SierraWireless AirLink ES450 Datasheet
No ratings yet
SierraWireless AirLink ES450 Datasheet
4 pages
VBoxHardening - Copy
No ratings yet
VBoxHardening - Copy
127 pages
moesHY368 210910
No ratings yet
moesHY368 210910
2 pages
T24 Temenos Connector
No ratings yet
T24 Temenos Connector
24 pages
Quiz 001 Software Engineering 1 PDF
No ratings yet
Quiz 001 Software Engineering 1 PDF
6 pages
Binder 1
No ratings yet
Binder 1
111 pages
Data Connect: Using Xlreporter With Opc Da
No ratings yet
Data Connect: Using Xlreporter With Opc Da
6 pages
W3school SQL Quiz
No ratings yet
W3school SQL Quiz
4 pages
Airmux-400 Series: Presented by
No ratings yet
Airmux-400 Series: Presented by
39 pages
JRT
No ratings yet
JRT
2 pages
Global Information System
No ratings yet
Global Information System
4 pages
Nectarchat Mobile Application V1.0
No ratings yet
Nectarchat Mobile Application V1.0
15 pages
Auto WEKA Manual
No ratings yet
Auto WEKA Manual
15 pages
STD 5 RS 12
No ratings yet
STD 5 RS 12
16 pages
85XX+ Quick User Guide
No ratings yet
85XX+ Quick User Guide
2 pages
Microprogramming - Programmable Digital Microcircuits - CERN (1982) (Motorola 68000)
No ratings yet
Microprogramming - Programmable Digital Microcircuits - CERN (1982) (Motorola 68000)
34 pages
2018 Student Timetable
No ratings yet
2018 Student Timetable
8 pages
BSIT New Curriculum 18 19 Updated
No ratings yet
BSIT New Curriculum 18 19 Updated
2 pages
Define Business Intelligence.: 3. Define Role of Mathematical Models
No ratings yet
Define Business Intelligence.: 3. Define Role of Mathematical Models
7 pages
Network Lab Material
No ratings yet
Network Lab Material
51 pages
Password and Smart Card Based Door Lock
No ratings yet
Password and Smart Card Based Door Lock
15 pages
3500 34 TMR Relay Module Datasheet 141534
No ratings yet
3500 34 TMR Relay Module Datasheet 141534
8 pages
Cesil Jesudas
100% (1)
Cesil Jesudas
6 pages
Serial Communication Guide Arduino and MATLAB
No ratings yet
Serial Communication Guide Arduino and MATLAB
36 pages